Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2023
File No. 333‑82336
Investment Company Act File No. 811‑21034
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
   THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
   Pre‑Effective Amendment No.  
   Post-Effective Amendment No. 33  
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
   THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
   Amendment No. 34  
     (Check appropriate box or boxes)    
 
 
Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
 
 
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10105
(Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: 1‑212‑756‑4097
 
 
Nancy E. Hay, Esq.
AllianceBernstein L.P.
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10105
(Name and address of agent for service)
 
 
Copy to:
Margery K. Neale, Esq.
P. Jay Spinola, Esq.
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019-6099
 
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
 
Title of Securities Being Registered: Shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
 
 
 

LOGO
PROSPECTUS   |   JANUARY 27, 2023
Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc.
 
LOGO   Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio
(Intermediate Duration Institutional Class–SIIDX)
   
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 
 
 
Investment Products Offered
 
Ø  Are Not FDIC Insured
Ø  May Lose Value
Ø  Are Not Bank Guaranteed

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
SUMMARY INFORMATION     4  
    4  
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION, SPECIAL INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES AND RELATED RISKS     10  
INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIO     24  
MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO     29  
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES     31  
GLOSSARY OF INVESTMENT TERMS     33  
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS     34  

SUMMARY INFORMATION
 
 
Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE:
The investment objective of the Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) is to provide safety of principal and a moderate to high rate of current income.
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO:
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Portfolio. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the tables and examples below.
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
 
     Intermediate Duration
Institutional Class
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
    None  
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)
(as a percentage of offering price or redemption proceeds, whichever is lower)
    None  
Maximum Account Fee
    None  
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
 
     Intermediate Duration
Institutional Class
 
Management Fees
    0.45%  
Distribution and/or Service (12b‑1) Fees
    None  
Other Expenses:
 
Transfer Agent
    0.00%  
Other Expenses(a)
    0.06%  
 
 
 
 
Total Portfolio Operating Expenses (before fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement)
    0.51%  
 
 
 
 
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(b)
    (0.06)%  
 
 
 
 
Total Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement
    0.45%  
 
 
 
 
   
 
(a)
“Other Expenses” includes acquired fund fees and expenses totaling less than 0.01%.
 
(b)
The contractual fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect through January 28, 2024 and will automatically be extended for one‑year terms unless the Manager provides notice of termination 60 days prior to the end of the period.
Examples
The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses stay the same and that any fee waiver is in effect only for the first year. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs as reflected in the Examples would be:
 
     Intermediate Duration
Institutional Class
 
After 1 Year
  $ 46  
After 3 Years
  $ 158  
After 5 Years
  $ 279  
After 10 Years
  $ 635  
 
4

Portfolio Turnover
The Portfolio pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys or sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Portfolio shares are held in a taxable account. These transaction costs, which are not reflected in the Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Portfolio’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate was 129% of the average value of its portfolio.
PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES:
The Portfolio seeks to maintain an average portfolio quality minimum of A, based on ratings given to the Portfolio’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) (or, if unrated, determined by the Manager, to be of comparable quality). Many types of securities may be purchased by the Portfolio, including corporate bonds, notes, U.S. government and agency securities, asset-backed securities, mortgage-related securities, bank loan debt, preferred stock and inflation-protected securities, as well as others. The Portfolio may also invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed-income, non‑U.S. Dollar denominated foreign securities, and may invest without limit in fixed-income, U.S. Dollar denominated foreign securities, in each case in developed or emerging-market countries.
The Portfolio may use derivatives, such as options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swaps.
The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its total assets in fixed-income securities rated below investment grade (BB or below) by NRSROs (commonly known as “junk bonds”). No more than 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets may be invested in fixed-income securities rated CCC by NRSROs.
In managing the Portfolio, the Manager may use interest rate forecasting to estimate an appropriate level of interest rate risk at a given time. The Manager may moderately shorten the average duration of the Portfolio when it expects interest rates to rise and moderately lengthen average duration when it anticipates that interest rates will fall.
The Portfolio seeks to maintain an effective duration of three to seven years under normal market conditions. Duration is a measure that relates the expected price volatility of a security to changes in interest rates. The duration of a debt security is the weighted average term to maturity, expressed in years, of the present value of all future cash flows, including coupon payments and principal repayments.
The Manager selects securities for purchase or sale based on its assessment of the securities’ risk and return characteristics as well as the securities’ impact on the overall risk and return characteristics of the Portfolio. In making this assessment, the Manager takes into account various factors including the credit quality and sensitivity to interest rates of the securities under consideration and of the Portfolio’s other holdings.
The Portfolio may enter into foreign currency transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis or through the use of derivatives transactions, such as forward currency exchange contracts, currency futures and options thereon, and options on currencies. An appropriate hedge of currency exposure resulting from the Portfolio’s securities positions may not be available or cost effective, or the Manager may determine not to hedge the positions, possibly even under market conditions where doing so could benefit the Portfolio.
PRINCIPAL RISKS:
The share price of the Portfolio will fluctuate and you may lose money. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.
  
 
Interest Rate Risk: Changes in interest rates will affect the value of investments in fixed-income securities. When interest rates rise, the value of existing investments in fixed-income securities tends to fall and this decrease in value may not be offset by higher income from new investments. Interest rate risk is generally greater for fixed-income securities with longer maturities or durations. During periods of very low or negative interest rates, the Portfolio’s returns may be adversely affected, including to such an extent that the Portfolio may be unable to maintain positive returns. The Portfolio may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the recent tightening of the U.S. Federal Reserve’s monetary policy, which has caused the Federal Reserve to increase short-term interest rates in an effort to address rising inflation. 
 
 
Credit Risk: This is the risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a debt security, or the counterparty to a derivatives or other contract, will be unable or unwilling to make timely principal and/or interest payments, or to otherwise honor its obligations. The issuer or guarantor may default, potentially causing a loss of the full principal amount of a security and accrued interest. The degree of risk for a particular security may be reflected in its credit rating, although credit ratings are opinions and not guarantees of quality. The credit rating of a fixed-income security may be downgraded after purchase, which may adversely affect the value of the security. Investments in fixed-income securities with lower ratings tend to have a higher probability that an issuer will default or fail to meet its payment obligations, making credit risk greater for medium-quality and lower-rated debt securities. Lower-rated debt securities and similar unrated securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have speculative elements or are predominantly speculative credit risks. At times when credit risk is perceived to be greater, credit “spreads” (i.e., the difference 
 
5

 
between the yields on lower quality securities and the yields on higher quality securities) may get larger or “widen”. As a result, the values of the lower quality securities may go down more and they may become harder to sell. 
 
 
Duration Risk: The duration of a fixed-income security may be shorter than or equal to full maturity of the fixed-income security. Fixed-income securities with longer durations have more interest rate risk and will decrease in price as interest rates rise. Securities that have final maturities longer than their durations may be affected by increased credit spreads to a far greater degree than their durations would suggest, because they are exposed to credit risk until final maturity. 
 
 
Inflation Risk: This is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the value of the Portfolio’s assets can decline as can the value of the Portfolio’s distributions. This risk is significantly greater for fixed-income securities with longer maturities. Rates of inflation have recently risen, which have adversely affected economies and markets. Rising inflation has caused the Federal Reserve and other central banks to take actions—including raising interest rates—that have caused further adverse effects to economies and markets, and more such actions may be forthcoming. 
 
 
Inflation-Protected Securities Risk: The terms of inflation-protected securities provide for the coupon and/or maturity value to be adjusted based on changes in an inflation index. Decreases in the inflation rate or in investors’ expectations about inflation could cause these securities to underperform non‑inflation‑adjusted securities on a total-return basis. In addition, there can be no assurance that the relevant inflation index will accurately measure the rate of inflation, in which case the securities may not work as intended. These securities may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities. 
 
 
Foreign (Non‑U.S.) Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities entail significant risks in addition to those customarily associated with investing in U.S. securities such as less liquid, less transparent, less regulated and more volatile markets. These risks include risks related to unfavorable or unsuccessful government actions, reduction of government or central bank support, economic sanctions and potential responses to those sanctions, inadequate accounting standards and auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements, lack of information, social instability, armed conflict, and other adverse market, economic, political and regulatory factors, all of which could disrupt the financial markets in which the Portfolio invests and adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s assets. 
 
 
Emerging Markets Securities Risk: The risks of investing in foreign (non‑U.S.) securities are heightened with respect to issuers in emerging-market countries because the markets are less developed and less liquid and there may be a greater amount of economic, political and social uncertainty, and these risks are even more pronounced in “frontier” markets, which are investable markets with lower total market capitalization and liquidity than the more developed emerging markets. Emerging markets typically have fewer medical and economic resources than more developed countries, and thus they may be less able to control or mitigate the effects of a pandemic, climate change, or a natural disaster. In addition, the value of the Portfolio’s investments may decline because of factors such as unfavorable or unsuccessful government actions and reduction of government or central bank support. 
 
 
Derivatives Risk: The Portfolio may use derivatives as direct investments to earn income, enhance return and broaden portfolio diversification, which entail greater risk than if used solely for hedging purposes. While hedging can guard against potential risks, there is also a risk that a derivative intended as a hedge may not perform as expected. In addition to other risks such as the credit risk of the counterparty, derivatives involve the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate with relevant assets, rates or indices. Derivatives may be difficult to price or unwind, and small changes may produce disproportionate losses for the Portfolio. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. Assets required to be set aside or posted as margin or collateral for derivatives positions may themselves go down in value, and these collateral and other requirements may limit investment flexibility. Some derivatives involve leverage, which can make the Portfolio more volatile and can compound other risks. Derivatives, especially over‑the‑counter derivatives, are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the counterparty (the party on the other side of the transaction) on a derivative transaction will be unable or unwilling to honor its contractual obligations to the Portfolio. Use of derivatives may have different tax consequences for the Portfolio than an investment in the underlying asset or index, and such differences may affect the amount, timing and character of income distributed to shareholders. The U.S. government and certain foreign governments have adopted regulations governing derivatives markets, including mandatory clearing of certain derivatives as well as additional regulations governing margin, reporting and registration requirements. The ultimate impact of the regulations remains unclear. Additional regulation may make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, otherwise adversely affect their performance, or disrupt markets. 
 
 
Mortgage-Related Securities Risk: Mortgage-related securities represent interests in “pools” of mortgages, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Mortgage-related securities are subject to credit, interest rate, prepayment and extension risks. These securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying mortgage, particularly during periods of economic downturn. Small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain mortgage-related securities. Asset-related securities entail certain risks not presented by mortgage-backed securities, including the risk that it may be difficult to perfect the liens securing any collateral backing certain asset-backed securities. 
 
6

 
Prepayment and Extension Risk: Prepayment risk is the risk that a loan, bond or other security might be called or otherwise converted, prepaid or redeemed before maturity. If this happens, particularly during a time of declining interest rates or credit spreads, the Portfolio will not benefit from the rise in market price that normally accompanies a decline in interest rates, and may not be able to invest the proceeds in securities providing as much income, resulting in a lower yield to the Portfolio. Conversely, extension risk is the risk that as interest rates rise or spreads widen, payments of securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. If this happens, the values of these securities may go down because their interest rates are lower than current market rates and they remain outstanding longer than anticipated. 
 
 
Subordination Risk: The Portfolio may invest in securities that are subordinated to more senior securities of an issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated securities. Subordinated securities will be disproportionately affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer. Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non‑subordinated securities of the same issuer, any loss incurred by the subordinated securities is likely to be proportionately greater, and any recovery of interest or principal may take more time. 
 
 
Management Risk: The Portfolio is subject to management risk because it is an actively-managed investment portfolio. The Manager will apply its investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Portfolio, but these techniques, analyses and decisions may not work as intended or may not produce the desired results, and may, during certain periods, result in increased volatility for the Portfolio or cause the value of the Portfolio’s shares to go down. In some cases, derivatives and other investment techniques may be unavailable, or the Manager may determine not to use them, possibly even under market conditions where their use could benefit the Portfolio. Some of these techniques may incorporate, or rely upon, quantitative models, but there is no guarantee that these models will generate accurate forecasts, reduce risk or otherwise perform as expected. In addition, the Manager may change the Portfolio’s investment strategies or policies from time to time. Those changes may not lead to the results intended by the Manager and could have an adverse effect on the value or performance of the Portfolio. 
 
 
Illiquid Investments Risk: Illiquid investments risk exists when particular investments are difficult or impossible to purchase or sell, possibly preventing the Portfolio from purchasing or selling these securities at an advantageous price. In certain cases, governmental actions could prevent sales of securities or repatriation of proceeds. Over recent years, regulatory changes have led to reduced liquidity in the marketplace, and the capacity of dealers to make markets in fixed-income securities has been outpaced by the growth in the size of the fixed-income markets. Illiquid investments risk may be magnified in a rising interest rate environment, where the value and liquidity of fixed-income securities generally go down. 
 
 
Redemption Risk: The Portfolio may experience heavy redemptions that could cause the Portfolio to liquidate its assets at inopportune times or unfavorable prices or increase or accelerate taxable gains or transaction costs and may negatively affect the Portfolio’s net asset value (“NAV”) or performance, which could cause the value of your investment to decline. Redemption risk is heightened during periods of overall market turmoil. 
 
 
Foreign Currency Risk: This is the risk that changes in foreign (non‑U.S.) currency exchange rates may negatively affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments or reduce the returns of the Portfolio. For example, the value of the Portfolio’s investments in foreign securities and foreign currency positions may decrease if the U.S. Dollar is strong (i.e., gaining value relative to other currencies) and other currencies are weak (i.e., losing value relative to the U.S. Dollar). The value of the U.S. Dollar has recently appreciated in value against most foreign currencies, which may negatively affect the value of the Portfolio’s foreign investments when converted to U.S. Dollars. 
 
 
Actions by a Few Major Investors: In certain countries, volatility may be heightened by actions of a few major investors. For example, substantial increases or decreases in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local securities prices and, therefore, share prices of the Portfolio. 
 
 
Market Risk: The Portfolio is subject to market risk, which is the risk that bond prices in general or in particular countries or sectors may decline over short or extended periods. Financial markets in the United States, Europe and elsewhere have experienced increased volatility, decreased liquidity and heightened uncertainty. These market conditions may recur from time to time and have an adverse impact on various securities markets. Governmental and quasi-governmental authorities and regulators throughout the world have provided significant support to financial markets in response to serious economic disruptions, including, but not limited to, buying stocks, providing direct capital infusions into companies, implementing new monetary programs, dramatically lowering interest rates and through other market interventions. Government actions to support the economy and financial markets have resulted in a large expansion of government deficits and debt, the long term consequences of which are not known. Rates of inflation have recently risen. The Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign central banks have recently raised interest rates as part of their efforts to address rising inflation, and there is a risk that interest rates will continue to rise. Central bank, government or regulatory actions, including increases or decreases in interest rates, or actions that are inconsistent with such actions by different central banks, governments or regulators, could negatively affect financial markets generally, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of securities in which the Portfolio invests. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk 
 
7

 
that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt. 
The United States and other countries are periodically involved in disputes over trade and other matters, which may result in tariffs on various categories of goods imported from the other country, restrictions on investment and adverse impacts on affected companies and securities. For example, the current political climate between the United States and China has intensified concerns about protectionist trade policies and a potential trade war between China and the United States. The United States has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on Chinese exports and placed other restrictions on or barriers to investments in China. Trade disputes, particularly prolonged disputes, may adversely affect the economies of the United States and its trading partners, as well as the companies directly or indirectly affected by the dispute and financial markets generally, and thus may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s assets. Recently, the United States government acted to prohibit U.S. persons, such as the Portfolio, from owning, and required them to divest, certain Chinese companies designated as related to the Chinese military. There is no assurance that more such companies will not be so designated in the future, which could limit the Portfolio’s opportunities for investment and require the sale of securities at a loss or make them illiquid. Additionally, the Chinese government is involved in a territorial dispute with Taiwan; the risk of a forced unification with Taiwan by the Chinese government may adversely affect securities of Chinese, Taiwan-based and other issuers both in and outside the region. If the political climate between the United States, China and other countries in Asia continues to deteriorate, economies and markets may be adversely affected. 
Policy and legislative changes in the U.S. and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation, and these and other events affecting global markets, such as the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union; potential trade imbalances with China or other countries; or sanctions or other government actions against Russia, other nations, or individuals or companies (or countermeasures taken in response to such sanctions), may contribute to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the financial markets. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time. 
Economies and financial markets throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected. Economic, financial or political events, trading and tariff arrangements, armed conflict, including Russia’s military invasion of Ukraine, terrorism, natural disasters (including the spread of infectious illness) and other circumstances in one country or region could have profound impacts on global economies or markets. Following Russia’s recent invasion of Ukraine, the United States, the European Union and the regulatory bodies of certain other countries instituted numerous sanctions against certain Russian individuals and Russian entities. These sanctions, and other intergovernmental actions that may be undertaken against Russia in the future, may result in the devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, and a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian stocks. These sanctions could result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities, including securities in the form of ADRs, impairing the ability of the Portfolio to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities. Retaliatory action by the Russian government could involve the seizure of U.S. and/or European residents’ assets and any such actions are likely to impair the value and liquidity of such assets. The continued disruption of the Russian economy has had severe adverse effects on the region and beyond, including significant negative impacts on the markets for certain securities and commodities, such as oil and natural gas, as well as other sectors. As a result, whether or not the Portfolio invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic and financial difficulties, the value and liquidity of the Portfolio’s investments may be negatively affected. 
 
 
Lower-rated Securities Risk: Lower-rated securities, or junk bonds/high-yield securities, are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest and greater market risk than higher-rated securities. The capacity of issuers of lower-rated securities to pay interest and repay principal is more likely to weaken than is that of issuers of higher-rated securities in times of deteriorating economic conditions or rising interest rates. 
BAR CHART AND PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
The bar chart and performance information provide an indication of the historical risk of an investment in the Portfolio by showing:
  
 
how the Portfolio’s performance changed from year to year over ten years; and 
 
 
how the Portfolio’s average annual returns for one, five and ten years compare to those of a broad-based securities market index.
You may obtain updated performance information for the Portfolio at www.bernstein.com (at the bottom of the page, click on “Investments,” then “Mutual Fund Performance at a Glance”). 
The Portfolio’s past performance before and after taxes, of course, does not necessarily indicate how it will perform in the future. As with all investments, you may lose money by investing in the Portfolio. 
 
8

Bar Chart
The annual returns in the bar chart are for the Intermediate Duration Institutional Class shares.
 
  
LOGO
During the period shown in the bar chart, the Portfolio’s: 
Best Quarter was up 5.33%, 2nd quarter, 2020; and Worst Quarter was down -6.24%, 1st quarter, 2022
Performance Table 
Average Annual Total Returns
(For the periods ended December 31, 2022)
 
           1 Year        5 Years        10 Years       
Intermediate Duration
Institutional Class
  Return Before Taxes      -13.63%          0.02%          1.29%    
 
 
  Return After Taxes on Distributions      -14.47%          -1.19%          -0.14%    
 
 
  Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Portfolio Shares      -8.05%          -0.40%          0.44%      
Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
     -13.01%          0.02%          1.06%      
After‑tax returns are an estimate, which is based on the highest historical individual federal marginal income‑tax rates, and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes; actual after‑tax returns depend on an individual investor’s tax situation and are likely to differ from those shown, and are not relevant to investors who hold Portfolio shares through tax‑deferred arrangements such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.
INVESTMENT MANAGER:
AllianceBernstein L.P. (the “Manager”) is the investment manager for the Portfolio.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS:
The following table lists the persons responsible for day‑to‑day management of the Portfolio:
 
Employee    Length of Service    Title
Michael Canter    Since 2016    Senior Vice President of the Manager
Janaki Rao    Since 2018    Senior Vice President of the Manager
PURCHASE AND SALE OF PORTFOLIO SHARES:
The minimum initial investment in the Portfolio is $3,000,000. There is no minimum amount for subsequent investments in the same Portfolio. You may sell (redeem) your shares each day the New York Stock Exchange is open. You may sell your shares by sending a request to Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC (“Bernstein LLC”). Your purchase or sale price will be the next-determined net asset value after the Portfolio receives your purchase or redemption request in proper form.
TAX INFORMATION:
The Portfolio anticipates distributing primarily ordinary income dividends (i.e., distributions out of net short-term capital gains, dividends and non‑exempt interest) but may distribute capital gains.
PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES:
Shares of the Portfolio are offered primarily through the Manager’s private client and institutional channels but may also be sold through intermediaries. If you purchase shares of the Portfolio through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Portfolio and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Portfolio shares and related services. These payments provide a financial incentive for the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Portfolio over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
 
9

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION, SPECIAL INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES AND RELATED RISKS
 
 
In addition to the principal investments previously described, the Portfolio may invest in other investments. This section of the Prospectus provides additional information about the Portfolio’s investment strategies and related risks, including principal and non‑principal strategies and risks. This Prospectus does not describe all of the Portfolio’s investment practices that are non‑principal strategies or all of the related risks of such strategies; additional information about the Portfolio’s risks and investments can be found in the Portfolio’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). This Prospectus refers to AllianceBernstein L.P. as the “Manager,” or “we” and shareholders of the Portfolio as “you.” All percentage limitations described below are measured immediately after the relevant transaction is made.
ESG Integration
The Manager integrates environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations into its research and investments analysis with the goal of maximizing return and considering risk within the Portfolio’s investment objective and strategies. Combining third-party ESG data with its own views and research, the Manager analyzes the ESG practices of companies and issuers to identify potentially material ESG factors that can vary across companies and issuers. ESG considerations may include, but are not limited to, environmental impact, corporate governance and ethical business practices. ESG considerations may not be applicable to all types of instruments or investments.
Market Risk
The market value of a security may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time. Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole. Global economies and financial markets are increasingly interconnected, which increases the probabilities that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Conditions affecting the general economy, including interest rate levels and political, social, or economic instability at the local, regional, or global level may also affect the market value of a security. Health crises, such as pandemic and epidemic diseases, as well as other incidents that interrupt the expected course of events, such as natural disasters, including fires, earthquakes and flooding, war or civil disturbance, acts of terrorism, supply chain disruptions, and power outages and other unforeseeable and external events, and the public response to or fear of such events, have had and may in the future have, an adverse effect on a Portfolio’s investments and net asset value and can lead to increased market volatility. For example, the events themselves or any preventative or protective actions that governments may take in respect of such diseases or events may result in periods of business disruption, inability to obtain raw materials, supplies and component parts, and reduced or disrupted operations for the Portfolio’s portfolio companies. The occurrence and pendency of such diseases or events could adversely affect the economies and financial markets either in specific countries or worldwide. The value of assets or income from an investment may be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Portfolio’s assets may decline.
The rapid and global spread of an infectious coronavirus respiratory disease, designated COVID‑19, has resulted in extreme volatility in the financial markets and severe losses; reduced liquidity of many instruments; restrictions on international and, in some cases, local travel; significant disruptions to business operations (including business closures); strained healthcare systems; disruptions to supply chains, consumer demand and employee availability; and widespread uncertainty regarding the duration and long-term effects of this pandemic. Some sectors of the economy and individual issuers have experienced particularly large losses. In addition, the COVID‑19 pandemic may result in domestic and foreign political and social instability, damage to diplomatic and international trade relations and increased volatility and/or decreased liquidity in the securities markets. Developing or emerging market countries may be more impacted by the COVID‑19 pandemic as they may have less established health care systems and may be less able to control or mitigate the effects of the pandemic. The ultimate economic fallout from the pandemic, and the long-term impact on economies, markets, industries and individual issuers, are not known. In the recent past, the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken extraordinary actions to support local and global economies and the financial markets in response to the COVID‑19 pandemic, including by pushing interest rates to very low levels. Government actions to mitigate the economic impact of the pandemic have resulted in a large expansion of government deficits and debt, the long term consequences of which are not known. Rates of inflation have recently risen. The Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign central banks have recently raised interest rates as part of their efforts to address rising inflation, and there is a risk that interest rates will continue to rise. Central bank, government or regulatory actions, including increases or decreases in interest rates, or actions that are inconsistent with such actions by different central banks, governments or regulators, could negatively affect financial markets generally, increase market volatility and reduce the value and liquidity of securities in which the Portfolio invests.
Policy and legislative changes in the U.S. and in other countries are affecting many aspects of financial regulation, and these and other events affecting global markets, such as the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union; potential trade imbalances with China or other countries; or sanctions or other government actions against Russia, other nations, or individuals or companies (or countermeasures taken in response to such sanctions), may contribute to decreased liquidity and increased volatility in the financial markets. The impact of
 
10

these changes on the markets, and the implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.
Interest Only/Principal Only Securities
The Portfolio may invest in a type of mortgage-related security where all interest payments go to one class of holders—“Interest Only” or “IO”—and all of the principal goes to a second class of holders—“Principal Only” or “PO.”
The market values of both IOs and POs are sensitive to prepayment rates; the value of POs varies directly with prepayment rates, while the value of IOs varies inversely with prepayment rates. If prepayment rates are high, investors may actually receive less cash from the IO than was initially invested. IOs and POs issued by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities that are backed by fixed-rate mortgages may have greater liquidity than other types of IOs and POs.
Obligations of Supranational Agencies
The Portfolio may invest in the obligations of supranational agencies. Supranational agencies rely on participating countries (which may include the United States) for funds. Some supranationals, such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), have the right to borrow from participating countries, including the United States. Other supranationals must request funds from participating countries; however, such requests may not always be honored. Moreover, the securities of supranational agencies, depending on where and how they are issued, may be subject to some of the risks associated with investments in foreign securities.
Variable, Floating and Inverse Floating Rate Instruments
Fixed-income securities may have fixed, variable or floating rates of interest. Variable and floating rate securities pay interest at rates that are adjusted periodically, according to a specified formula. A “variable” interest rate adjusts at predetermined intervals (e.g., daily, weekly or monthly), while a “floating” interest rate adjusts whenever a specified benchmark rate (such as the bank prime lending rate) changes.
The Portfolio may invest in variable rate demand notes (“VRDNs”) which are instruments whose interest rates change on a specific date (such as coupon date or interest payment date) or whose interest rates vary with changes in a designated base rate (such as prime interest rate). These instruments are payable on demand and are secured by letters of credit or other credit support agreements from major banks.
The Portfolio may invest in fixed-income securities that pay interest at a coupon rate equal to a base rate, plus additional interest for a certain period of time if short-term interest rates rise above a predetermined level. The amount of such an additional interest payment typically is calculated under a formula based on a short-term interest rate index multiplied by a designated factor and may be subject to a “cap.”
The Portfolio may invest in “inverse floaters,” which are securities with two variable components that, when combined, result in a fixed interest rate. The “auction component” typically pays an interest rate that is reset periodically through an auction process, while the “residual component” pays a current residual interest rate based on the difference between the total interest paid on the securities and the auction rate paid on the auction component. The Portfolio may purchase both auction and residual components. When an inverse floater is in the residual mode (leveraged), the interest rate typically resets in the opposite direction from the variable or floating market rate of interest on which the floater is based. The degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with a greater degree of volatility of market value, such that the market values of inverse floaters that represent the residual component tend to decrease more rapidly during periods of increasing interest rates than those of fixed-rate securities.
Zero Coupon Securities
Zero coupon securities are debt securities that have been issued without interest coupons or stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, and include receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations and coupons. Such a security pays no interest to its holder during its life. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face or par value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face or par value. Such securities usually trade at a deep discount from their face or par value and are subject to greater fluctuations in market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities and credit quality that make current distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, these securities eliminate reinvestment risk and “lock in” a rate of return to maturity.
Fixed-Income Securities
Interest Rate Risk: Changes in interest rates will affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments in fixed-income securities. When interest rates rise, the value of the Portfolio’s existing investments in fixed-income securities tends to fall and this decrease in value may not be offset by higher income from new investments. Interest rate risk is generally greater for fixed-income securities with longer maturities or durations. During periods of very low or negative interest rates, the Portfolio’s returns may be adversely affected, including to such an extent that the Portfolio may be unable to maintain positive returns. The Portfolio may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the end of the recent period of historically low rates and the effect of potential central bank monetary policy, and government fiscal policy, initiatives and resulting market reactions to those initiatives. A floating rate fixed-income security may reset its interest rate when its specified benchmark rate changes. Because prices of intermediate-duration bonds are more sensitive to interest rate changes than those of shorter duration, intermediate-duration portfolios have greater interest rate risk than short-duration portfolios.
Credit Risk: This is the risk that the issuer or the guarantor of a debt security, or the counterparty to a derivatives or other contract, will be unable or unwilling to make timely principal and/or interest payments, or to otherwise honor its obligations. The issuer or guarantor may default, potentially causing a loss
 
11

of the full principal amount of a security and accrued interest. The credit rating of a fixed-income security may be downgraded after purchase, which may adversely affect the value of the security. Investments in fixed-income securities with lower ratings tend to have a higher probability that an issuer will default or fail to meet its payment obligations, making credit risk greater for medium-quality and lower-rated debt securities. The degree of risk for a particular security may be reflected in its credit rating, although credit ratings are opinions and not guarantees of quality. The Portfolio may rely upon rating agencies to determine credit ratings, but those ratings are opinions and are not guarantees of quality. Lower-rated debt securities and similar unrated securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) have speculative elements or are predominantly speculative credit risks. Credit rating agencies may lower the credit rating of certain debt securities held by the Portfolio. If a debt security’s credit rating is downgraded, its price is likely to decline, which would lower an investor’s total return. At times when credit risk is perceived to be greater, credit “spreads” (i.e., the difference between the yields on lower quality securities and the yields on higher quality securities) may get larger or “widen”. As a result, the values of the lower quality securities may go down more and they may become harder to sell.
Illiquid Investments Risk: Illiquid investments risk exists when particular investments are difficult or impossible to purchase or sell, possibly preventing the Portfolio from purchasing or selling these securities at an advantageous price. In certain cases, governmental actions could prevent sales of securities or repatriation of proceeds. Causes of illiquid investments risk may include low trading volume, lack of a market maker, a large position, heavy redemptions, or legal restrictions that limit or prevent the Portfolio from selling securities or closing derivative positions at desirable prices or opportune times. Over recent years, regulatory changes have led to reduced liquidity in the marketplace, and the capacity of dealers to make markets in fixed-income securities has been outpaced by the growth in the size of the fixed-income markets. Illiquid investments risk may be magnified in a rising interest rate environment, where the value and liquidity of fixed-income securities generally go down. Illiquid securities may also be difficult to value. If the Portfolio is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, or to try to limit losses, the Portfolio may be forced to sell at a substantial loss or may not be able to sell at all.
Investment in Exchange-Traded Funds and Other Investment Companies
The Portfolio may invest in shares of ETFs, subject to the restrictions and limitations of the 1940 Act, or any applicable rules, exemptive orders or regulatory guidance thereunder. ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, which may be managed or unmanaged, that seek to track the performance of a specific index or implement actively-managed investment strategies. The index ETFs will not track their underlying indices precisely since the ETFs have expenses and may need to hold a portion of their assets in cash, unlike the underlying indices, and the ETFs may not invest in all of the securities in the underlying indices in the same proportion as the indices for various reasons. The Portfolio will incur transaction costs when buying and selling ETF shares, and indirectly bear the expenses of the ETFs. In addition, the market value of an ETF’s shares, which is based on supply and demand in the market for the ETF’s shares, may differ from its NAV. Accordingly, there may be times when an ETF’s shares trade at a discount to its NAV.
The Portfolio may invest in other investment companies as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. The Portfolio intends to invest uninvested cash balances in an affiliated money market fund as permitted by Rule 12d1‑1 under the 1940 Act. If the Portfolio acquires shares in investment companies, shareholders would bear indirectly, the expenses of such investment companies (which may include management and advisory fees), which, if not waived or reimbursed in whole or in part, would be in addition to the Portfolio’s expenses. The Portfolio’s investment in other investment companies, including ETFs, subjects the Portfolio indirectly to the underlying risks of those investment companies.
Bank Loan Debt
The Portfolio may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”) arranged through private negotiations between borrowers and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”). Such loans are often referred to as bank loan debt. The Portfolio’s investments in Loans are expected in most instances to be in the form of participations in Loans (“Participations”) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) from third parties. The lack of a liquid secondary market for such securities may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the Portfolio’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.
Illiquid Securities
The Portfolio limits its investments in illiquid securities to 15% of its net assets. Rule 22e‑4 under the 1940 Act defines the term “illiquid securities” to mean securities or investments that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. To the extent the Portfolio invests in illiquid securities, it may not be able to sell such securities and may not be able to realize their full value upon sale. Restricted securities (securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. Some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”) or certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid, although they may be more difficult to trade than other types of securities.
Preferred, Contingent Capital and Other Subordinated Securities Risk
The Portfolio may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock is a class of capital stock that typically pays dividends at a specified rate. Preferred stock is generally senior to common stock, but is subordinated to any debt the issuer has outstanding. Accordingly, preferred stock dividends are not paid until all debt obli-
 
12

gations are first met. Preferred stock may be subject to more fluctuations in market value, due to changes in market participants’ perceptions of the issuer’s ability to continue to pay dividends, than debt of the same issuer. Preferred, contingent capital and other subordinated securities rank lower than bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure and therefore are subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Distributions on some types of these securities may also be skipped or deferred by issuers without causing a default. Finally, some of these securities typically have special redemption rights that allow the issuer to redeem the security at par earlier than scheduled. If this occurs, the Fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities.
Foreign (Non‑U.S.) Securities
Foreign (Non‑U.S.) Securities Risk: Investments in foreign securities entail significant risks in addition to those customarily associated with investing in U.S. securities, such as less liquid, less transparent, less regulated and more volatile markets. These risks include risks related to unfavorable or unsuccessful government actions, reduction of government or central bank support, economic sanctions and potential responses to those sanctions, inadequate accounting standards and auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements, lack of information, social instability, armed conflict, and other adverse market, economic, political and regulatory factors, all of which could disrupt the financial markets in which the Portfolio invests and adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s assets. These risks are heightened with respect to investments in emerging market countries. Investments in foreign securities are subject to the risk that the investment may be affected by foreign tax laws and restrictions on receiving investment proceeds from a foreign country. In general, since investments in foreign countries are not subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or other U.S. reporting requirements, there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Portfolio than will be available concerning U.S. companies. In addition, the enforcement of legal rights in foreign countries and against foreign governments may be difficult and costly and there may be special difficulties enforcing claims against foreign governments. National policies may also restrict investment opportunities. For example, there may be restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests. Sanctions imposed by the U.S. or a foreign country may restrict the Portfolio’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or may require the Portfolio to divest its holdings in foreign securities, which could adversely affect the value or liquidity of such holdings. The imposition of sanctions could also adversely affect global sectors and economies and thereby negatively affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments beyond any direct exposure to the countries or regions subject to the sanctions. For example, the United States has imposed tariffs and other trade barriers on Chinese exports and placed other restrictions on or barriers to investments in China. If the political climate between the United States, China and other countries in Asia continues to deteriorate, economies and markets may be adversely affected. In addition, the securities markets of some foreign countries may be closed on certain days (e.g., local holidays) when the Portfolio is open for business. On such days, the Portfolio may be unable to add to or exit its positions in foreign securities traded in such markets even though it may otherwise be attractive to do so.
The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) formally withdrew from the European Union (the “EU”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and the EU negotiated an agreement governing their future trading and security relationships. This agreement became effective on a provisional basis on January 1, 2021 and entered into full force on May 1, 2021. The U.K. and the EU also negotiated a Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”), which creates a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services between the U.K. and the EU. The impact on the U.K. and European economies and the broader global economy of the uncertainties associated with implementing the agreement and MoU are significant and could have an adverse effect on the value of the Portfolio’s investments and its net asset value. 
These uncertainties include, but are not limited to, an increase in the regulatory and customs requirements imposed on cross-border trade between the U.K. and the EU, the negotiation and implementation of additional arrangements between the U.K. and the EU affecting important parts of the economy (such as financial services), volatility and illiquidity in markets, currency fluctuations, the renegotiation of other existing trading and cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise) of the U.K. and the EU, and potentially lower growth for companies in the U.K., Europe and globally. The volatility and uncertainty caused by Brexit may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments and the ability of the Manager to achieve the investment objective of the Portfolio.
The recent Russian invasion of Ukraine has led to elevated geopolitical instability and resulted in the imposition of significant sanctions and other trade restrictions against Russia by, among others, the United States, the European Union and the United Kingdom, some of which are unprecedented in their scope and level. Russia has implemented certain countermeasures in response and may introduce further countermeasures as the conflict continues. Coupled with the continued impact of Covid‑19 variants and resulting restrictions in countries such as China, this has led to supply chain constraints globally and increased prices for both energy and raw materials, which in turn have had global inflationary impacts and led to increased financial market volatility. The continuation or any escalation in the Russia-Ukraine war or measures adopted by countries in response could have further economic, social and political repercussions and is likely to result in further sanctions and trade restrictions. The financial performance of the Portfolio’s investments may be materially and adversely affected by the macroeconomic consequences of these issues.
 
13

Other foreign investment risks include:
 
less governmental supervision of brokers and issuers of securities
 
 
lack of uniform accounting, auditing and financial-reporting standards
 
 
settlement and clearance practices that differ from those in the U.S. and may result in delays or may not fully protect the Portfolio against loss or theft of assets
 
 
the possibility of nationalization of a company or industry and expropriation or confiscatory taxation
 
 
the imposition of foreign taxes
 
 
high inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates
 
 
less developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment
 
 
increased government intervention in markets resulting in artificially inflated prices or demand for securities, and increased risk of loss and heightened volatility if the intervention is unsuccessful or discontinued
Higher costs associated with foreign investing: Investments in foreign securities will also result in generally higher expenses due to:
 
 
the costs of currency exchange
 
 
higher brokerage commissions in certain foreign markets
 
 
the expense of maintaining securities with foreign custodians
Foreign Currency Risk: This is the risk that changes in foreign (non‑U.S.) currency exchange rates may negatively affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments or reduce the returns of the Portfolio. For example, the value of the Portfolio’s investments in foreign securities and foreign currency positions may decrease if the U.S. Dollar is strong (i.e., gaining value relative to other currencies) and other currencies are weak (i.e., losing value relative to the U.S. Dollar). The value of the U.S. Dollar has recently appreciated in value against most foreign currencies, which may negatively affect the value of the Portfolio’s foreign investments when converted to U.S. Dollars. Currency markets generally are not as regulated as securities markets. In addition, currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time, causing the Portfolio’s NAV to fluctuate. Currency exchange rates are determined by supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets, the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or perceived changes in interest rates, and other complex factors. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments.
Certain foreign governments currently impose, and others may impose, currency exchange control regulations or other restrictions that would prevent cash from being brought back to the U.S. Foreign governments may also intervene in currency markets or interpose registration/approval processes, which may adversely affect the Portfolio and your investment.
Although forward contracts may be used to protect the Portfolio from adverse currency movements, they involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and the Portfolio’s total return could be adversely affected as a result.
Emerging Markets Securities Risk: Investing in emerging market securities involves risks different from, and greater than, risks of investing in domestic securities or in the securities of issuers domiciled in developed, foreign countries. These risks include: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and possible restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales; and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization or creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. Dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by the Portfolio. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
Additional risks of emerging market securities may include: greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability; more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and regulation; unavailability of currency hedging techniques; companies that are newly organized and small; less developed legal systems with fewer security holder rights and practical remedies to pursue claims, including class actions or fraud claims; the limited ability of U.S. authorities to bring and enforce actions against non‑U.S. companies and non‑U.S. persons; and differences in the nature and quality of financial information, including (i) auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability or unreliability of material information about issuers and (ii) the risk that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) may not be able to inspect audit practices and work conducted by PCAOB-registered audit firms in certain emerging market countries, such as China. Thus there can be no assurance that the quality of financial reporting or the audits conducted by such audit firms of U.S.-listed emerging market companies meet PCAOB standards. Furthermore, in December 2021, the SEC finalized rules to implement the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which requires the SEC to prohibit the trading of securities of foreign issuers (including those based in China) on a national securities exchange or through any other method regulated by the SEC (including through over‑the‑counter trading) if the PCAOB is unable to inspect the work papers of the auditors of such companies for three years.While recently the PCAOB has been able to undertake these inspections, there is no assurance that it will be able to continue to do so. To the extent the Portfolio invests in the securities of a company whose securities become subject to such a trading prohibition, the Portfolio’s ability to transact in such securities, and the liquidity of the
 
14

securities, as well as their market price, would likely be adversely affected. The Portfolio would also have to seek other markets in which to transact in such securities, which could increase the Portfolio’s costs. In addition, emerging securities markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions. Settlement problems may cause the Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities, hold a portion of its assets in cash pending investment, or be delayed in disposing of a portfolio security. Such a delay could result in possible liability to a purchaser of the security.
The risks described above are more pronounced in “frontier” markets, which are investable markets with lower total market capitalization and liquidity than the more developed emerging markets.
There are approximately 100 countries identified by the World Bank as Low Income, Lower Middle Income and Upper Middle Income countries that are generally regarded as emerging markets. Countries that the Manager currently considers for investment include:
 
Argentina
Bangladesh
Belize
Brazil
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Chile
Czech Republic
China
Colombia
Dominican Republic
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Gabon
Georgia
Ghana
Greece
  
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Iraq
Ivory Coast
Jamaica
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kuwait
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mauritius
Mexico
Mongolia
Morocco
Nigeria
Pakistan
  
Panama
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
South Korea
Senegal
Serbia
South Africa
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Thailand
United Arab Emirates
Tunisia
Turkey
Ukraine
Vietnam
Derivatives
The Portfolio may, but is not required to, use derivatives for hedging or risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies. Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index.
Derivatives can be used by investors such as the Portfolio to earn income and enhance returns, to hedge or adjust the risk profile of its investments, to replace more traditional direct investments and to obtain exposure to otherwise inaccessible markets. The Portfolio is permitted to use derivatives for one or more of these purposes. The Portfolio may take a significant position in those derivatives that are within its investment policies if, in the Manager’s judgment, this represents the most effective response to current or anticipated market conditions. There are four principal types of derivatives—options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swaps—each of which is described below. Derivatives include listed and cleared transactions where the Portfolio’s derivative trade counterparty is an exchange or clearinghouse, and non‑cleared bilateral “over‑the‑counter” transactions that are privately negotiated and where the Portfolio’s derivative trade counterparty is a financial institution. Exchange-traded or cleared derivatives transactions are expected to be subject to less counterparty credit risk than those that are bilateral and privately negotiated.
The SEC has adopted new Rule 18f‑4 under the 1940 Act, which imposes limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into and replaces the asset segregation framework previously used by the Portfolio to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, among other requirements. Since its compliance date of August 19, 2022, Rule 18f‑4 has, among other things, required the Portfolio, whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount, to impose limits based on value‑at‑risk, or “VaR,” on the amount of derivatives and certain other forms of leverage into which the Portfolio can enter, requires such Portfolio to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. Additional regulation may make derivatives more costly, limit their availability or utility, otherwise adversely affect their performance, or disrupt markets.
The Portfolio’s use of derivatives may involve risks that are different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities or other more traditional instruments. These risks include the risk that the value of a derivative instrument may not correlate perfectly, or at all, with the value of the assets, reference rates, or indices that they are designed to track. Other risks include the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for a particular instrument and possible exchange-imposed price fluctuation limits, either of which may make it difficult or impossible to close out a position when desired and the risk that the counterparty will not perform its obligations. Certain derivatives may have a leverage component and involve leverage risk. Adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, note or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the Portfolio’s investment (in some cases, the potential loss is unlimited).
The Portfolio’s investments in derivatives may include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
 
Forward Contracts—A forward contract is an agreement that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, a specific quantity of an underlying commodity or other asset for an agreed upon price at a future date. A forward contract generally is settled by physical delivery of the commodity or asset to an agreed-upon location (rather than settled by cash), or is rolled forward into a new forward contract or, in the case of a non‑deliverable forward, by a cash payment at maturity. The Portfolio’s investments in forward contracts may include the following:
 
 
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts—The Portfolio may purchase or sell forward currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes to minimize the risk from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. Dollar and
 
15

 
other currencies or for non‑hedging purposes as a means of making direct investments in foreign currencies, as described below under “Other Derivatives and Strategies—Currency Transactions”. The Portfolio, for example, may enter into a forward contract as a transaction hedge (to “lock in” the U.S. Dollar price of a non‑U.S. Dollar security), as a position hedge (to protect the value of securities the Portfolio owns that are denominated in a foreign currency against substantial changes in the value of the foreign currency) or as a cross-hedge (to protect the value of securities the Portfolio owns that are denominated in a foreign currency against substantial changes in the value of that foreign currency by entering into a forward contract for a different foreign currency that is expected to change in the same direction as the currency in which the securities are denominated).
 
 
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts—A futures contract is a standardized, exchange-traded agreement that obligates the buyer to buy and the seller to sell a specified quantity of an underlying asset (or settle for cash the value of a contract based on an underlying asset, rate or index) at a specific price on the contract maturity date. Options on futures contracts are options that call for the delivery of futures contracts upon exercise. The Portfolio may purchase or sell futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities prices (through index futures or options) or currency exchange rates.
 
 
Options—An option is an agreement that, for a premium payment or fee, gives the option holder (the buyer) the right but not the obligation to buy (a “call option”) or sell (a “put option”) the underlying asset (or settle for cash an amount based on an underlying asset, rate, or index) at a specified price (the exercise price) during a period of time or on a specified date. Investments in options are considered speculative. The Portfolio may lose the premium paid for them if the price of the underlying security or other assets decreased or remained the same (in the case of a call option) or increased or remained the same (in the case of a put option). If a put or call option purchased by the Portfolio were permitted to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would represent a loss to the Portfolio. The Portfolio’s investments in options include the following:
 
 
Options on Foreign Currencies. The Portfolio may invest in options on foreign currencies that are privately negotiated or traded on U.S. or foreign exchanges for hedging purposes to protect against declines in the U.S. Dollar value of foreign currency denominated securities held by the Portfolio and against increases in the U.S. Dollar cost of securities to be acquired. The purchase of an option on a foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates, although if rates move adversely, the Portfolio may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.
 
 
Options on Securities. The Portfolio may purchase or write a put or call option on securities. The Portfolio will write only covered options on securities, which means writing an option for securities the Portfolio owns. The Portfolio will not write any option if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate value of the Portfolio’s securities subject to outstanding options would exceed 25% of its net assets.
 
 
Options on Securities Indices. An option on a securities index is similar to an option on a security except that, rather than taking or making delivery of a security at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the chosen index is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option.
 
 
The Portfolio may write put or call options on securities indices to, among other things, earn income. If the value of the chosen index declined below the exercise price of the put option, the Portfolio has the risk of loss of the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the closing level of the chosen index, which it would be required to pay to the buyer of the put option and which may not be offset by the premium it received upon sale of the put option. Similarly, if the value of the index is higher than the exercise price of the call option, the Portfolio has the risk of loss of the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the closing level of the chosen index, which may not be offset by the premium it received upon sale of the call option. If the decline or increase in the value of the securities index is significantly below or above the exercise price of the written option, the Portfolio could experience a substantial loss.
 
 
Other Option Strategies. In an effort to earn extra income, to adjust exposure to individual securities or markets, or to protect all or a portion of its portfolio from a decline in value, sometimes within certain ranges, the Portfolio may use option strategies such as the concurrent purchase of a call or put option, including on individual securities and stock indices, futures contracts (including on individual securities and stock indices) or shares of ETFs at one strike price and the writing of a call or put option on the same individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF at a higher strike price in the case of a call option or at a lower strike price in the case of a put option. The Portfolio would receive a profit from the purchase of call options if there is an increase in the value of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF above the higher strike price or, from the purchase of put options, if there is a decline in the value of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF below the lower strike price. If the price of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF declines in the case of the call option, or increases in the case of the put option, the Portfolio has the risk of losing the entire amount paid for the call or put options.
 
 
Swaps—A swap is an agreement that obligates two parties to exchange a series of cash flows at specified intervals
 
16

 
(payment dates) based upon or calculated by reference to changes in specified prices or rates (e.g., interest rates in the case of interest rate swaps or currency exchange rates in the case of currency swaps) for a specified amount of an underlying asset (the “notional” principal amount). Generally, other than as described below, the notional principal amount is used solely to calculate the payment stream, but is not exchanged. Rather, most swaps are entered into on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). Certain standardized swaps, including certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps, are subject to mandatory central clearing and are required to be executed through a regulated swap execution facility. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants (“FCMs”) that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as central counterparty, similar to transactions in futures contracts. Portfolios post initial and variation margin to support their obligations under cleared swaps by making payments to their clearing member FCMs. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risks and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free. The SEC may adopt similar clearing and execution requirements in respect of security-based swaps under its jurisdiction. Privately negotiated swap agreements are two‑party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors and are not cleared through a third party, nor are these required to be executed on a regulated swap execution facility. The Portfolio’s investments in swap transactions include the following:
 
 
Currency Swaps. The Portfolio may invest in currency swaps for hedging purposes to protect against adverse changes in exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and other currencies or for non‑hedging purposes as a means of making direct investments in foreign currencies, as described below under “Other Derivatives and Strategies—Currency Transactions”. Currency swaps involve the individually negotiated exchange by the Portfolio with another party of a series of payments in specified currencies. Actual principal amounts of currencies may be exchanged by the counterparties at the initiation, and again upon the termination, of the transaction. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its contractual delivery obligations. If there is a default by the counterparty to the transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies under the transaction agreements.
 
 
Total Return Swaps. The Portfolio may enter into total return swaps in order to take a “long” or “short” position with respect to an underlying asset. A total return swap involves commitments to pay interest in exchange for a market-linked return based on a notional amount of the underlying asset. Therefore, when the Portfolio enters into a total return swap, it is subject to the market price volatility of the underlying asset. To the extent that the total return of the security, group of securities or index underlying the swap exceeds or falls short of the offsetting interest obligation, the Portfolio will receive or make a payment to the counterparty. Total return swaps may reflect a leveraged investment and incorporate borrowing costs which are borne by the Portfolio. There is no guarantee that the Portfolio’s investment via a total return swap will deliver returns in excess of the embedded borrowing costs and, accordingly, the Portfolio’s performance may be less than would be achieved by a direct investment in the underlying reference asset.
 
 
Interest Rate Swaps, Swaptions, Caps, and Floors. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Portfolio with another party of payments calculated by reference to specified interest rates (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments). Unless there is a counterparty default, the risk of loss to the Portfolio from interest rate swap transactions is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty to an interest rate swap transaction defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio contractually is entitled to receive.
An option on a swap agreement, also called a “swaption”, is an option that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market-based “premium”. A receiver swaption gives the owner the right to receive the total return of a specified asset reference rate, or index. A payer swaption gives the owner the right to pay the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. Swaptions also include options that allow an existing swap to be terminated or extended by one of the counterparties.
The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on an agreed principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. It may be more difficult for the Portfolio to trade or close out interest rate caps and floors in comparison to other types of swaps.
There is no limit on the amount of interest rate transactions that may be entered into by the Portfolio. The value of these transactions will fluctuate based on changes in interest rates. Interest rate swap, swaption, cap, and floor transactions may be used in an effort to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or a portion of the Portfolio or to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date. Interest rate swaps may also be used to leverage the Portfolio’s investments by creating positions that are functionally similar to purchasing a municipal or other fixed-income security but may only require payments to a swap
 
17

counterparty under certain circumstances and allow the Portfolio to efficiently increase (or decrease) its duration and income.
The Portfolio will enter into bilateral interest rate swap, cap or floor transactions only with counterparties whose debt securities (or whose guarantors’ debt securities) are rated at least A (or the equivalent) by at least one NRSRO at the time of the transaction and are on the Manager’s approved list of swap counterparties for the Portfolio. With respect to cleared interest rate swaps, the Manager will monitor the creditworthiness of each of the central clearing counterparty, clearing broker and executing broker, but there are no prescribed national NRSRO rating requirements for these entities.
The Portfolio does not intend to use these transactions in a speculative manner.
 
 
Inflation (CPI) Swaps. The Portfolio may enter into inflation swap agreements. Inflation swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used to protect the NAV of the Portfolio against an unexpected change in the rate of inflation measured by an inflation index. The Portfolio will enter into inflation swaps on a net basis. The values of inflation swap agreements are expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of an inflation swap agreement. Additionally, payments received by the Portfolio from inflation swap agreements will result in taxable income, either as ordinary income or capital gains, rather than tax‑exempt income, which will increase the amount of taxable distributions received by shareholders.
 
 
Credit Default Swap Agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract in return for a contingent payment upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to an underlying reference obligation. Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or restructuring. The Portfolio may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. As a seller, the Portfolio receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between one month and ten years, provided that no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, the Portfolio, as seller, typically must pay the contingent payment to the buyer, which will be either (i) the “par value” (face amount) of the reference obligation in which case the Portfolio will receive the reference obligation in return or (ii) an amount equal to the difference between the face amount and the current market value of the reference obligation. As a buyer, if a credit event occurs, the Portfolio would be the receiver of such contingent payments, either delivering the reference obligation in exchange for the full notional (face) value of a reference obligation that may have little or no value, or receiving a payment equal to the difference between the face amount and the current market value of the obligation. The current market value of the reference obligation is typically determined via an auction process sponsored by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. The periodic payments previously received by the Portfolio, coupled with the value of any reference obligation received, may be less than the full face amount it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss to the Portfolio. If the Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio will lose its periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value.
Credit default swaps may involve greater risks than if the Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly. Credit default swaps are subject to general market risk and credit risk and may be illiquid.
The Portfolio will enter into bilateral credit default swap transactions only with counterparties whose debt securities (or whose guarantor’s debt securities) are rated at least A (or the equivalent) by at least one NRSRO at the time of the transaction and are on the Manager’s approved list of swap counterparties for the Portfolio. With respect to cleared credit default swaps, the Manager will monitor the creditworthiness of each of the central clearing counterparty, clearing broker and executing broker, but there are no NRSRO prescribed rating requirements for these entities.
The Portfolio may enter into a credit default swap that provides for settlement by physical delivery if, at the time of entering into the swap, such delivery would not result in the Portfolio investing more than 20% of its total assets in securities rated lower than A by S&P Global, Fitch or Moody’s or equivalent ratings by any NRSRO. A subsequent deterioration of the credit quality of the underlying obligation of the credit default swap will not require the Portfolio to dispose of the swap.
Other Derivatives and Strategies
 
Currency Transactions. The Portfolio may invest in non‑U.S. Dollar-denominated securities on a currency hedged or un‑hedged basis. The Manager may actively manage the Portfolio’s currency exposures and may seek investment opportunities by taking long or short positions in currencies through the use of currency-related derivatives, including forward currency exchange contracts, futures and options on futures, swaps and options. The Manager may enter into currency transactions for investment opportunities when it anticipates that a foreign currency will appreciate or depreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency are not held by the
 
18

 
Portfolio and do not present attractive investment opportunities. Such transactions may also be used when the Manager believes that it may be more efficient than a direct investment in a foreign currency-denominated security. The Portfolio may also conduct currency exchange contracts on a spot basis (i.e., for cash at the spot rate prevailing in the currency exchange market for buying or selling currencies).
Structured Products
The Portfolio may invest in certain derivatives-type instruments that combine a traditional stock or bond with, for example, a futures contract or an option. These instruments include structured notes and indexed securities, commodity-linked notes and commodity index-linked notes and credit-linked securities. The performance of the structured product, which is generally a fixed-income security, is tied (positively or negatively) to the price or prices of an unrelated reference indicator such as a security or basket of securities, currencies, commodities, a securities or commodities index or a credit default swap or other kinds of swaps. The structured product may not pay interest or protect the principal invested. The structured product or its interest rate may be a multiple of the reference indicator and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more rapidly than the reference indicator. Investments in structured products may provide a more efficient and less expensive means of investing in underlying securities, commodities or other derivatives, but may potentially be more volatile and carry greater trading and market risk than investments in traditional securities. The purchase of a structured product also exposes the Portfolio to the credit risk of the structured product, including any counterparty risk.
Structured notes are derivative debt instruments. The interest rate or principal of these notes are determined by reference to an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, or indices thereof) unlike a typical note where the borrower agrees to make fixed or floating interest payments and to pay a fixed sum at maturity. Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator.
Commodity-linked notes and commodity index-linked notes provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodities futures contracts, commodity options, commodity indices or similar instruments. Commodity-linked products may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable.
The Portfolio may also invest in certain hybrid derivatives-type instruments that combine a traditional bond with certain derivatives such as a credit default swap, an interest rate swap or other securities. These instruments include credit-linked securities. The issuers of these securities frequently are limited purpose trusts or other special purpose vehicles that invest in a derivative instrument or basket of derivative instruments in order to provide exposure to certain fixed-income markets. For instance, the Portfolio may invest in credit-linked securities as a cash management tool to gain exposure to a certain market or to remain fully invested when more traditional income-producing securities are not available. The performance of the structured product, which is generally a fixed-income security, is linked to the receipt of payments from the counterparties to the derivatives instruments or other securities. The Portfolio’s investments in credit-linked securities are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including among others, credit risk, default risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk and leverage risk. These securities are generally structured as Rule 144A securities so that they may be freely traded among institutional buyers. However, changes in the market for credit-linked securities or the availability of willing buyers may result in reduced liquidity for the securities.
The Portfolio will not invest more than 20% of its total assets in structured products.
Forward Commitments
The Portfolio may purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis. Forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities may include purchases or sales on a “when-issued”, “delayed delivery” or “to be announced” basis. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring or approval of a proposed financing by appropriate authorities (i.e., a “when, as and if issued” trade).
When forward commitments with respect to fixed-income securities are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but payment for and delivery of the securities take place at a later date. Securities purchased or sold under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date. There is the risk of loss if the value of either a purchased security declines before the settlement date or the security sold increases before the settlement date. The use of forward commitments helps the Portfolio to protect against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices.
Repurchase Agreements and Buy/Sell Back Transactions
The Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements in which the Portfolio purchases a security from a bank, broker-dealer or other counterparty, which agrees to repurchase it from the Portfolio at an agreed-upon future date, normally a day or a few days later. The purchase and repurchase obligations are transacted under one document. The resale price is greater than the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon interest rate for the period the buyer’s money is invested in the security. Such agreements permit the Portfolio to keep all of its assets at work while retaining “overnight” flexibility in pursuit of investments of a longer-term nature. If the bank, broker-dealer or other counterparty defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Portfolio would suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds
 
19

from the sale of the security were less than the repurchase price.
The Portfolio may enter into buy/sell back transactions, which are similar to repurchase agreements. In this type of transaction, the Portfolio enters a trade to buy securities at one price and simultaneously enters a trade to sell the same securities at another price on a specified date. Similar to a repurchase agreement, the repurchase price is higher than the sale price and reflects current interest rates. Unlike a repurchase agreement, however, the buy/sell back transaction is considered two separate transactions.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
The Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks, broker-dealers and other counterparties from time to time. In a reverse repurchase transaction, it is the Portfolio, rather than the other party to the transaction, that sells the securities and simultaneously agrees to repurchase them at a price reflecting an agreed-upon rate of interest. Whenever the Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will either (i) comply with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act and combine the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Portfolio’s asset coverage ratio, or (ii) treat the reverse repurchase agreement as a derivatives transaction for purposes of Rule 18f‑4, including, as applicable, the value‑at‑risk based limit on leverage risk. Reverse repurchase agreements may create leverage, increasing the Portfolio’s opportunity for gain and risk of loss for a given fluctuation in the value of the Portfolio’s assets. There may also be risks of delay in recovery and, in some cases, even loss of rights in the underlying securities, should the opposite party fail financially.
Dollar Rolls
The Portfolio may enter into dollar rolls. Dollar rolls involve sales by the Portfolio of securities for delivery in the current month and the Portfolio’s simultaneously contracting to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. The Portfolio is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. The Portfolio may also enter into a type of dollar roll known as a “fee roll.” In a fee roll, the Portfolio is compensated for entering into the commitment to repurchase by “fee income,” which is received when the Portfolio enters into the commitment. Such fee income is recorded as deferred income and accrued by the Portfolio over the roll period. Dollar rolls may be considered to be borrowings by the Portfolio. When the Portfolio engages in a dollar roll, it is exposed to loss both on the investment of the cash proceeds of the sale and on the securities it has agreed to purchase.
Mortgage-Related Securities
The Portfolio may invest in mortgage-related securities. Mortgage-related securities include mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBSs”), mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals, stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in or are secured by and payable from mortgage loans on real property. These securities may be issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities or may be issued by private organizations.
The value of mortgage-related securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. Early payments of principal on some mortgage-related securities may occur during periods of falling mortgage interest rates and expose the Portfolio to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Early payments associated with mortgage-related securities cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than is experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. During periods of rising interest rates, a reduction in prepayments may increase the effective life of mortgage-related securities, subjecting them to greater risk of decline in market value in response to rising interest rates. If the life of a mortgage-related security is inaccurately predicted, the Portfolio may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.
Certain CMBS are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. The Portfolio’s investments in CMBS with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes, including greater interest rate, credit and prepayment risks. The economic impacts of the novel coronavirus pandemic (“COVID‑19”) have created a unique challenge for commercial real estate – with many businesses shuttered or operating on a limited basis, commercial real estate tenants, particularly retail businesses, are struggling to make their payments, either in the form of rent or mortgages. In addition, many businesses have either partially or fully transitioned to a remote-working environment during COVID‑19, and this transition may negatively impact the occupancy rates of commercial real estate over time. Similarly, trends in favor of online shopping may negatively affect occupancy rates of retail properties. Higher CMBS delinquency rates and other COVID‑19‑related impacts on CMBS could adversely affect the Portfolio’s investments.
Investments in Lower-Rated Securities
Lower-rated securities, i.e., those rated Ba and lower by Moody’s, BB and lower by S&P Global and Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any NRSRO (commonly known as “junk bonds”), are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest than higher-rated securities. They also are generally considered to be subject to greater market risk than higher-rated securities. The capacity of issuers of lower-rated securities to pay interest and repay principal is more likely to weaken than is that of issuers of higher-rated securities in times of deteriorating economic conditions or rising interest rates. In addition, lower-rated securities may be more susceptible to real or
 
20

perceived adverse economic conditions than investment-grade securities.
The market for lower-rated securities may be less liquid than that for higher-rated securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which these securities can be sold. To the extent that there is no established secondary market for lower-rated securities, the Portfolio may experience difficulty in valuing such securities and, in turn, the Portfolio’s assets.
The Manager will try to reduce the risk inherent in investment in lower-rated securities through credit analysis, diversification, attention to current developments and trends in interest rates, and economic and political conditions. There can, however, be no assurance that losses will not occur. Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated securities, the Manager’s research and credit analysis are a correspondingly more important aspect of its program for managing the Portfolio’s securities than would be the case if the Portfolio did not invest in lower-rated securities. In considering investments for the Portfolio, the Manager will attempt to identify issuers of lower-rated securities whose financial conditions are adequate to meet future obligations, have improved, or are expected to improve in the future.
Unrated Securities
The Manager also will consider investments in unrated securities for the Portfolio when the Manager believes that the financial condition of the issuers of the securities, or the protection afforded by the terms of the securities themselves, limits the risk to the Portfolio to a degree comparable to rated securities that are consistent with the Portfolio’s objective and policies.
Borrowings and Leverage
The Portfolio may use borrowings for investment purposes subject to its investment policies and applicable statutory or regulatory requirements. Borrowings by the Portfolio result in leveraging of the Portfolio’s shares. Likewise, the Portfolio’s investments in certain derivatives may effectively leverage the Portfolio’s portfolio. The Portfolio may use leverage for investment purposes by entering into transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, forward contracts, dollar rolls or certain derivatives. This means that the Portfolio uses cash made available during the term of these transactions to make investments in other securities.
Utilization of leverage, which is usually considered speculative, involves certain risks to the Portfolio’s shareholders. These include a higher volatility of the NAV of the Portfolio’s shares and the relatively greater effect of changes in the value of the Portfolio’s portfolio on the NAV of the shares. In the case of borrowings for investment purposes, so long as the Portfolio is able to realize a net return on the portion of its investment portfolio resulting from leverage that is higher than the interest expense paid on borrowings, the effect of such leverage will be to cause the Portfolio’s shareholders to realize a higher net return than if the Portfolio were not leveraged. With respect to the Portfolio’s use of certain derivatives that result in leverage of the Portfolio’s shares, if the Portfolio is able to realize a net return on its investments that is higher than the costs of the leverage, the effect of such leverage will be to cause the Portfolio to realize a higher net return than if the Portfolio were not leveraged. If the interest expense on borrowings or other costs of leverage approach the net return on the Portfolio’s investment portfolio or investments made through leverage, as applicable, the benefit of leverage to the Portfolio’s shareholders will be reduced. If the interest expense on borrowings or other costs of leverage were to exceed the net return to the Portfolio, the Portfolio’s use of leverage would result in a lower rate of net return than if the Portfolio were not leveraged. Similarly, the effect of leverage in a declining market would normally be a greater decrease in NAV than if the Portfolio were not leveraged.
Section 18 of the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to borrow money in amounts of up to one‑third of the Portfolio’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to an additional 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. In addition, the SEC has adopted Rule 18f‑4 under the 1940 Act, which imposes limits on the amount of derivatives and certain other forms of leveraged transactions, including reverse repurchase agreements and short sales utilized by the fund. Rule 18f‑4, among other things, permits a fund to treat certain financing transactions either as borrowings (subject to the Section 18 asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act) or as “derivatives transactions” subject to certain risk-based limits of Rule 18f‑4.
Future Developments
The Portfolio may take advantage of other investment practices that are not currently contemplated for use by the Portfolio, or are not available but may yet be developed, to the extent such investment practices are consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Portfolio. Such investment practices, if they arise, may involve risks that exceed those involved in the activities described above.
Portfolio Holdings
The Portfolio’s SAI includes a description of the policies and procedures that apply to disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings.
Temporary Defensive Positions
For temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio also may invest without limit in high-quality municipal notes or variable rate demand obligations, or in taxable cash equivalents. When the Portfolio is investing for temporary defensive purposes, it is not pursuing its investment goal.
Changing the Investment Objectives and Policies of the Portfolio; When Shareholder Approval is Required
A fundamental investment policy cannot be changed without shareholder approval. Except as noted, the investment objective and policies of the Portfolio are not fundamental and thus may be changed without shareholder approval. Under normal circumstances, shareholders will receive at least 60 days’ prior written notice before any change to the investment objective of the Portfolio is implemented.
 
21

Investment Policies and Limitations Apply at Time of Purchase Only
Unless otherwise specified, the policies and limitations discussed in this Prospectus apply at the time an instrument is purchased. Thus, a change of circumstances will not require the sale of an investment if it was otherwise properly purchased.
Portfolio Turnover
The portfolio turnover rate for the Portfolio is included in the Summary Information section as well as the Financial Highlights section. The Portfolio generally buys portfolio securities with the intention of holding them for investment. However, when market conditions or other circumstances warrant, securities may be purchased and sold without regard to the length of time held. From time to time, the Portfolio may engage in active short-term trading to seek short-term profits during periods of fluctuating interest rates, or for other reasons. This trading will increase the Portfolio’s rate of turnover and the incidence of short-term capital gain taxable as ordinary income. A higher rate of portfolio turnover increases transaction costs, which must be borne by the Portfolio and its shareholders.
LIBOR Transition and Associated Risk
The Portfolio may be exposed to debt securities, derivatives or other financial instruments that utilize the London Interbank Offered Rate, or “LIBOR,” as a “benchmark” or “reference rate” for various interest rate calculations. In 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. The FCA and LIBOR’s administrator, ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), have since announced that most LIBOR settings (which reflect LIBOR rates quoted in different currencies over various time periods) will no longer be published after the end of 2021 but that the most widely used U.S. Dollar LIBOR settings will continue to be published until June 30, 2023. However, banks were strongly encouraged to cease entering into agreements with counterparties referencing LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is possible that a subset of LIBOR settings will be published after these dates on a “synthetic” basis, but any such publications would be considered non‑representative of the underlying market.
Since 2018 the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has published the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (referred to as SOFR), which is intended to replace U.S. Dollar LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities in the repurchase agreement (repo) market and has been used increasingly on a voluntary basis in new instruments and transactions. In addition, on March 15, 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate Act was signed into law. This law provides a statutory fallback mechanism to replace LIBOR with a benchmark rate that is selected by the Federal Reserve Board and based on SOFR for certain contracts that reference LIBOR without adequate fallback provisions. On December 16, 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted regulations implementing the law by identifying benchmark rates based on SOFR that will replace LIBOR in different categories of financial contracts after June 30, 2023. The regulations include provisions that (i) provide a safe harbor for selection or use of a replacement benchmark rate selected by the Federal Reserve Board; (ii) clarify who may choose the replacement benchmark rate selected by the Federal Reserve Board; and (iii) ensure that contracts adopting a replacement benchmark rate selected by the Federal Reserve Board will not be interrupted or terminated following the replacement of LIBOR.
The elimination of LIBOR or changes to other reference rates or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of reference rates could have an adverse impact on the market for, or value of, any securities or payments linked to those reference rates, which may adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance and/or net asset value. Uncertainty and risk also remain regarding the willingness and ability of issuers and lenders to include revised provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments. Consequently, the transition from LIBOR to other reference rates may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets that are tied to LIBOR, fluctuations in values of LIBOR-related investments or investments in issuers that utilize LIBOR, increased difficulty in borrowing or refinancing and diminished effectiveness of hedging strategies, potentially adversely affecting the Portfolio’s performance. Furthermore, the risks associated with the expected discontinuation of LIBOR and transition may be exacerbated if the work necessary to effect an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate is not completed in a timely manner. Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known.
Management Risk – Quantitative Models
The Manager may use investment techniques that incorporate, or rely upon, quantitative models. These models may not work as intended and may not enable the Portfolio to achieve its investment objective. In addition, certain models may be constructed using data from external providers, and these inputs may be incorrect or incomplete, thus potentially limiting the effectiveness of the models. Finally, the Manager may change, enhance and update its models and its usage of existing models at its discretion.
Additional Risks
Cyber Security Risk: As the use of the Internet and other technologies has become more prevalent in the course of business, the Portfolio, its service providers, including the Manager have become more susceptible to operational and financial risks associated with cyber security. Cyber security incidents can result from deliberate attacks such as gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption, or from unintentional events, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information. Cyber security failures or breaches of the Portfolio or its service providers or the issuers of securities in which the Portfolio invests have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of Portfolio shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable
 
22

privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. While measures have been developed which are designed to reduce the risks associated with cyber security incidents, there can be no assurance that those measures will be effective, particularly since the Portfolio does not control the cyber security defenses or plans of its service providers, financial intermediaries and companies with which those entities do business and companies in which the Portfolio invests.
Cyber security incidents, both intentional and unintentional, may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Portfolio or shareholder assets, Portfolio or customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or cause the Portfolio, the Manager, and/or the Portfolio’s service providers (including, but not limited to, fund accountants, custodians, sub‑custodians, transfer agents and financial intermediaries) to suffer data breaches, data corruption or lose operational functionality, or prevent Portfolio investors from purchasing, redeeming, or exchanging shares or receiving distributions. The Portfolio and the Manager have limited ability to prevent or mitigate cyber security incidents affecting third-party service providers. Cyber security incidents may result in financial losses to the Portfolio and its shareholders, and substantial costs may be incurred in seeking to prevent or minimize future cyber security incidents.
Environmental and Climate Risks
Assets of companies in which the Portfolio invest may be affected by environmental conditions and climate change patterns. Certain geographic regions may be exposed to adverse weather conditions, including natural disasters and extreme weather events such as hurricanes, earthquakes, wildfires, droughts, heat waves and rising sea levels. These disasters, and the resulting damage, may have a severe and negative effect on the investments of the Portfolio. Extreme weather patterns may also have a negative impact on issuers in the agricultural, commodity and natural resources sector.
Strategy: Securities and investment strategies with different characteristics tend to shift in and out of favor depending upon market and economic conditions as well as investor sentiment. The Portfolio may outperform or underperform other funds that employ different styles or strategies.
Operational Risk: Operational risks arise from factors such as processing errors and human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, failures in systems and technology, changes in personnel, and errors caused by third-party service providers or trading counterparties. Although the Portfolio attempts to minimize such failures through controls and oversight, it is not possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Portfolio or to develop processes and controls that completely eliminate or mitigate the occurrence of such failures. The Portfolio and its shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.
 
23

INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIO
 
 
This section discusses how to buy, sell or redeem, or exchange different classes of shares of the Portfolio that are offered in this Prospectus. The share class(es) offered by the Portfolio through this Prospectus are available to certain private clients and institutional clients of the Manager.
To effect an order for the purchase, exchange or redemption of the Portfolio’s shares, the Portfolio must receive the order in “proper form.” Proper form generally means that your instructions:
 
 
Are signed and dated by the person(s) authorized in accordance with the Portfolio’s policies and procedures to access the account and request transactions;
 
 
Include the fund and account number; and
 
 
Include the amount of the transaction (stated in dollars, shares, or percentage).
Written instructions also must include:
 
 
Medallion signature guarantees or notarized signatures, if required for the type of transaction. (Requirements are detailed on AllianceBernstein Investor Services, Inc., or ABIS, service forms; Please contact ABIS with any questions)
 
 
Any supporting documentation that may be required.
The Portfolio reserve the right, without notice, to revise the requirements for proper form.
HOW TO BUY SHARES
Minimum Investments
The minimum initial investment in the Portfolio of the Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc. (“SCB II,” or the “Fund”) is $3,000,000. There is no minimum amount for subsequent investments although SCB II reserves the right to impose a minimum investment amount. There is no minimum amount for reinvestment of dividends and distributions declared by the Portfolio in the shares of the Portfolio.
Unless you inform us otherwise, in January and June of each year, the cash balances in any account carried by Bernstein LLC which is invested solely in the Portfolio (including the discretionary investment management accounts of the Manager) will be invested in the Portfolio without regard to any minimum investment requirement.
For clients of the Manager’s investment-management services, the Manager may, at a client’s request, maintain a specified percentage of assets in the Portfolio or vary the percentage based on the Manager’s opinion of the market conditions. In keeping with these client mandates or for tax considerations, the Manager may, without additional instructions from the client, purchase shares of the Portfolio from time to time.
These purchases and sales by the Manager will be subject to the following minimum investment requirements:
 
 
initial purchases of shares of the Portfolio will be subject to the initial minimum investment requirements specified above.
Procedures
Generally, to purchase shares, you must open a discretionary account with a Bernstein advisor (unless you currently have an account with us) and pay for the requested shares. Certain non‑discretionary accounts may also invest in the Portfolio, including but not limited to, non‑discretionary accounts held by employees and existing investors in the Portfolio. With respect to discretionary accounts, Bernstein has the authority and responsibility to formulate an investment strategy on your behalf, including which securities to buy and sell, when to buy and sell, and in what amounts, in accordance with agreed-upon objectives. Payment may be made by wire transfer or check. Unless waived, bank or certified checks are required if you are not an investment-management client of Bernstein. All checks should be made payable to the Portfolio in which you are purchasing shares. Payment must be made in U.S. Dollars. All purchase orders will be confirmed in writing.
The share price you pay will depend on when your order is received in proper form. Orders received by the Portfolio Closing Time, which is the close of regular trading on any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) is open (ordinarily 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, but sometimes earlier, as in the case of scheduled half‑day trading or unscheduled suspensions of trading), on any business day will receive the offering price determined as of the closing time that day. The Portfolio Closing Time may be changed by the Board of the Portfolio in its discretion. Orders received after the close of regular trading will receive the next business day’s price. With respect to non‑discretionary accounts, if no indication is made to the contrary, dividends and distributions payable by the Portfolio are automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Portfolio at the net asset value on the reinvestment date.
The Portfolio may, at its sole option, accept securities as payment for shares if the Manager believes that the securities are appropriate investments for the Portfolio. The securities are valued by the method described under “How the Portfolio Values Its Shares” below as of the date the Portfolio receives the securities and corresponding documentation necessary to transfer the securities to the Portfolio. This is a taxable transaction to the shareholder.
If you purchase shares through broker-dealers, banks or other financial institutions, they may impose fees and conditions on you that are not described in this Prospectus. The Portfolio has arrangements with certain broker-dealers, banks and other financial institutions such that orders through these entities are considered received when the entity receives the order in good form together with the purchase price of the shares ordered. The order will be priced at the Portfolio’s NAV computed after acceptance by these entities. The entity is responsible for transmitting the order to the Portfolio.
The Portfolio is required by law to obtain, verify and record certain personal information from you or persons on your behalf in order to establish an account. Required information
 
24

includes name, date of birth, permanent residential address or business address and taxpayer identification number (for most investors, your social security number). The Portfolio may also ask to see other identifying documents. If you do not provide the information, the Portfolio will not be able to open your account. If the Portfolio is unable to verify your identity, or that of another person(s) authorized to act on your behalf, or if the Portfolio believes it has identified potentially criminal activity, the Portfolio reserves the right to take action as it deems appropriate or as required by law, which may include closing your account. If you are not a U.S. citizen or Resident Alien, your account must be affiliated with a FINRA member firm.
The Portfolio is required to apply backup withholding to taxable dividends, capital gains distributions, and redemptions paid to any shareholder who has not provided the Portfolio with his or her correct taxpayer identification number. To avoid this, you must provide your correct taxpayer identification number (social security number for most investors) on your Mutual Fund Application.
The Portfolio may refuse any order to purchase shares. The Portfolio reserves the right to suspend the sale of its shares to the public in response to conditions in the securities markets or for other reasons.
HOW TO EXCHANGE SHARES
You may exchange your shares in the Portfolio for shares in any of the private client share classes of any portfolio of Sanford C. Bernstein Fund, Inc. After proper receipt of the exchange request in good order, exchanges of shares are made at the next determined respective NAVs of the shares of each portfolio. Exchanges are subject to the minimum investment requirements of the portfolio into which the exchange is being made. Each portfolio reserves the right to reject any exchange of shares. Shares purchased through broker-dealers, banks or other financial institutions may be exchanged through such entities.
The exchange privilege is available only in states where the exchange may legally be made. While the Portfolio plans to maintain this exchange policy, changes to this policy may be made upon 90 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
For shareholders subject to federal income taxes, an exchange constitutes a taxable transaction upon which a gain or loss may be realized. See “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” below.
HOW TO SELL OR REDEEM SHARES
You may sell your shares of the Portfolio by sending a request to Bernstein LLC, along with duly endorsed share certificates, if issued. Orders for redemption given to a bank, broker-dealer or financial institution authorized by the Portfolio are considered received when such third party receives a written request, accompanied by duly endorsed share certificates, if issued. The bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution is responsible for transmitting the order to the Portfolio.
In some circumstances, your signature must appear on your written redemption order and must be guaranteed by a financial institution that meets the Portfolio’s requirements (such as a commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a trust company, a member firm of a domestic securities exchange or other institution). An authorized person at the guarantor institution must sign the guarantee and “Signature Guaranteed” must appear with the signature. Signature guarantees by notaries or institutions that do not provide reimbursement in the case of fraud are not acceptable. Signature guarantees may be waived by the Portfolio in certain instances. The Portfolio may waive the requirement that a redemption request must be in writing. The Portfolio may request further documentation from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.
The Portfolio expects that it will typically take one to two business days following receipt of your redemption order in proper form to pay out redemption proceeds. However, while not expected, payment of redemption proceeds may take up to seven days from the day your order is received in proper form by the Portfolio by the Portfolio Closing Time. If you recently purchased your shares by check or electronic funds transfer, your redemption payment may be delayed until the Portfolio is reasonably satisfied that the check or electronic funds transfer has been collected (which may take up to 10 days). The check will be sent to you at your address on record with the Portfolio unless prior other instructions are on file. If you are a client of Bernstein’s investment advisory services, the sales proceeds will be held in your account with Bernstein unless you have previously provided alternative written instructions. If you redeem shares through an authorized bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, unless otherwise instructed the proceeds will be sent to your brokerage account within seven days. Your broker may charge a separate or additional fee for sales of Portfolio shares. The cost of wire transfers will be borne by the shareholder. No interest will accumulate on amounts represented by uncashed distribution or sales proceeds checks.
The Portfolio expects, under normal circumstances, to use cash or cash equivalents held by the Portfolio to satisfy redemption requests. The Portfolio may also determine to sell portfolio assets to meet such requests. Under certain circumstances, including stressed market conditions, the Portfolio may determine to pay a redemption request by accessing a bank line of credit or by distributing wholly or partly in kind securities from its portfolio, instead of cash.
The price you will receive when you sell your shares will depend on when the Portfolio or the authorized third-party bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution receives your sell order in proper form. Orders received at or prior to the Portfolio Closing Time will receive the offering price determined as of the closing time that day. Orders received after the close of regular trading will receive the next business day’s price.
When you sell your shares, you may receive more or less than what you paid for them. Any capital gain or loss realized on any sale of Portfolio shares is subject to federal income taxes.
 
25

For additional information, see “Dividends, Distributions and Taxes” below.
If you are selling shares recently purchased with a check, the Manager may delay sending you the proceeds for up to 15 days until your check clears. This delay may be avoided if the shares were originally purchased by certified or bank check or by wire transfer.
Restrictions on sales: There may be times during which you may not be able to sell your shares or the Manager may delay payment of the proceeds for longer than seven days such as when the Exchange is closed (other than for customary weekend or holiday closings), when trading on the Exchange is restricted, an emergency situation exists when it is not reasonably practicable for the Portfolio to determine its NAV or to sell its investments, or for such other periods as the SEC may, by order, permit.
Sale in‑kind: The Portfolio normally pays proceeds of a sale of Portfolio shares in cash. However, the Portfolio has reserved the right to pay the sale price in part by a distribution in‑kind of securities in lieu of cash. If the redemption payment is made in‑kind, the securities received will be subject to market risk and may decline in value. In addition, you may incur brokerage commissions if you elect to sell the securities for cash. For more information, see the SAI.
Automatic sale of your shares: Under certain circumstances, the Portfolio may redeem your shares without your consent. Maintaining small shareholder accounts is costly. Accordingly, if you make a sale that reduces the value of your account to less than $1,500,000, the Manager may, on at least 60 days’ prior written notice, sell your remaining shares in the Portfolio and close your account. The Manager will not close your account if you increase your account balance to $1,500,000 during the 60‑day notice period.
Systematic withdrawal plan: A systematic withdrawal plan enables shareholders to sell shares automatically at regular monthly intervals. In general, a systematic withdrawal plan is available only to shareholders who own book-entry shares worth $25,000 or more. The proceeds of these sales will be sent directly to you or your designee. The use of this service is at the Portfolio’s discretion. For further information, call your Bernstein advisor at (212) 486‑5800.
FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF PORTFOLIO SHARES
The Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to detect and deter frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares or excessive or short-term trading that may disadvantage long-term Portfolio shareholders. These policies are described below. The Portfolio reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel, without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason, including any purchase or exchange order accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary.
Risks Associated with Excessive or Short-term Trading Generally. While the Portfolio will try to prevent market timing by utilizing the procedures described below, these procedures may not be successful in identifying or stopping excessive or short-term trading in all circumstances. By realizing profits through short-term trading, shareholders that engage in rapid purchases and sales or exchanges of the Portfolio’s shares dilute the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Volatility resulting from excessive purchases and sales or exchanges of Portfolio shares, especially involving large dollar amounts, may disrupt efficient portfolio management and cause the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times to raise cash to accommodate redemptions relating to short-term trading activity. In particular, the Portfolio may have difficulty implementing its long-term investment strategies if it is forced to maintain a higher level of its assets in cash to accommodate significant short-term trading activity. In addition, the Portfolio may incur increased administrative and other expenses due to excessive or short-term trading, including increased brokerage costs and realization of taxable capital gains.
To the extent that the Portfolio invests significantly in securities of foreign issuers, it may be particularly susceptible to short-term trading strategies. This is because securities of foreign issuers are typically traded on markets that close well before the Portfolio Closing Time, which gives rise to the possibility that developments may have occurred in the interim that would affect the value of these securities. The time zone differences among international stock markets can allow a shareholder engaging in a short-term trading strategy to exploit differences in Portfolio share prices that are based on closing prices of securities of foreign issuers established some time before the Portfolio calculates its own share price (referred to as “time zone arbitrage”). The Portfolio has procedures, referred to as fair value pricing, designed to adjust closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what is believed to be the fair value of those securities at the time the Portfolio calculates its NAV. While there is no assurance, the Portfolio expects that the use of fair value pricing, in addition to the short-term trading policies discussed below, will significantly reduce a shareholder’s ability to engage in time zone arbitrage to the detriment of other Portfolio shareholders.
A shareholder engaging in a short-term trading strategy may also target the Portfolio irrespective of its investments in securities of foreign issuers. To the extent that the Portfolio invests in securities that are, among other things, thinly traded, traded infrequently, or that have limited capacity it has the risk that the current market price for the securities may not accurately reflect current market values. A shareholder may seek to engage in short-term trading to take advantage of these pricing differences (referred to as “price arbitrage”). The Portfolio may be adversely affected by price arbitrage.
Policy Regarding Short-term Trading. Purchases and exchanges of shares of the Portfolio should be made for investment purposes only. The Portfolio seeks to prevent patterns of excessive purchases and sales or exchanges of Portfolio shares to the extent they are detected by the procedures described below, subject to the Portfolio’s ability to monitor
 
26

purchase, sale and exchange activity. The Portfolio reserves the right to modify this policy, including any surveillance or account blocking procedures established from time to time to effectuate this policy, at any time without notice.
 
 
Transaction Surveillance Procedures. The Portfolio, through its agent, Bernstein LLC, maintains surveillance procedures to detect excessive or short-term trading in Portfolio shares. This surveillance process involves several factors, which include scrutinizing transactions in Portfolio shares that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a specified period of time. Generally, more than two exchanges of Portfolio shares during any 60‑day period or purchases of shares followed by a sale within 60 days will be identified by these surveillance procedures. For purposes of these transaction surveillance procedures, the Portfolio may consider trading activity in multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence. Trading activity identified by either, or a combination, of these factors, or as a result of any other information available at the time, will be evaluated to determine whether such activity might constitute excessive or short-term trading. With respect to managed or discretionary accounts for which the account owner gives his/her broker, investment adviser or other third-party authority to buy and sell Portfolio shares, the Portfolio may consider trades initiated by the account owner, such as trades initiated in connection with bona fide cash management purposes, separately in their analysis. These surveillance procedures may be modified from time to time, as necessary or appropriate to improve the detection of excessive or short-term trading or to address specific circumstances.
 
 
Account Blocking Procedures. If the Portfolio determines, in its sole discretion, that a particular transaction or pattern of transactions identified by the transaction surveillance procedures described above is excessive or short-term trading in nature, the Portfolio will take remedial action that may include issuing a warning, revoking certain account-related privileges (such as the ability to place purchase, sale and exchange orders over the internet or by phone) or prohibiting or “blocking” future purchase or exchange activity. However, sales of Portfolio shares back to the Portfolio or redemptions will continue to be permitted in accordance with the terms of the Portfolio’s current Prospectus. As a result, unless the shareholder redeems his or her shares, which may have consequences if the shares have declined in value or adverse tax consequences may result, the shareholder may be “locked” into an unsuitable investment. A blocked account will generally remain blocked for 90 days. Subsequent detections of excessive or short-term trading may result in an indefinite account block or an account block until the account holder or the associated broker, dealer or other financial intermediary provides evidence or assurance acceptable to the Portfolio that the account holder did not or will not in the future engage in excessive or short-term trading.
Applications of Surveillance Procedures and Restrictions to Omnibus Accounts. Omnibus account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Portfolio, particularly among certain brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries, including sponsors of retirement plans and variable insurance products. The Portfolio applies its surveillance procedures to these omnibus account arrangements. As required by SEC rules, the Portfolio has entered into agreements with all of their financial intermediaries that require the financial intermediaries to provide the Portfolio, upon the request of the Portfolio or its agents, with individual account level information about their transactions. If the Portfolio detects excessive trading through its monitoring of omnibus accounts, including trading at the individual account level, the financial intermediaries may also execute instructions from the Portfolio to take actions to curtail the activity, which may include applying blocks to accounts to prohibit future purchases and exchanges of Portfolio shares. For certain retirement plan accounts, the Portfolio may request that the retirement plan or other intermediary revoke the relevant participant’s privilege to effect transactions in Portfolio shares via the internet or telephone, in which case the relevant participant must submit future transaction orders via the U.S. Postal Service (i.e., regular mail).
HOW THE PORTFOLIO VALUES ITS SHARES
The Portfolio’s NAV is calculated at the close of regular trading on any day the Exchange is open (ordinarily, 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, but sometimes earlier, as in the case of scheduled half‑day trading or unscheduled suspensions of trading). To calculate NAV, the Portfolio’s assets are valued and totaled, liabilities are subtracted, and the balance, called net assets, is divided by the number of shares outstanding. If the Portfolio invests in securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Portfolio does not price its shares, the NAV of the Portfolio’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem their shares in the Portfolio. The Portfolio’s NAV will not be calculated on any day during which the Exchange is closed, including during any customary weekend or holiday closings.
The Portfolio values its securities at market value determined on the basis of market quotations or, if market quotations are not readily available or are unreliable, at “fair value” as determined in accordance with procedures approved by the Portfolio’s Board. Pursuant to these procedures, the Manager, as the Portfolio’s “valuation designee” pursuant to Rule 2a‑5 of the 1940 Act, is responsible for making all fair value determinations relating to the Portfolio’s portfolio investments, subject to oversight of the Portfolio’s Board. When making a fair value determination, the Manager uses fair value pricing, it may take into account any factors it deems appropriate. The Manager may determine fair value based upon developments related to a specific security, current valuations of foreign stock indices (as reflected in U.S. futures markets) and/or U.S. sector or broader stock market indices. The prices of securities used by the Portfolio to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Making a fair value determination involves subjective judgments, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially
 
27

different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
The Portfolio expects to use fair value pricing for securities primarily traded on U.S. exchanges under certain circumstances, such as the early closing of the exchange on which a security is traded or suspension of trading in the security, or for securities for which market prices are not readily available or deemed unreliable (including restricted securities). The Portfolio uses fair value pricing routinely for securities primarily traded in non‑U.S. markets because, among other things, most foreign markets close well before the Portfolio ordinarily values their securities at 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim. Factors considered in fair value pricing may include, but are not limited to, interest rates, currencies, publicly available benchmarks, futures markets, comparable companies, similar securities, or fundamental information obtained by analysis of the issuers’ financial statements. Because most fixed income securities are not traded on exchanges, they are primarily valued using fair value prices provided by independent pricing services.
The Manager has established a valuation committee of senior officers and employees of the Manager (“Valuation Committee”) to fulfill its responsibilities as the Portfolio’s valuation designee, which operates under the policies and procedures approved by the Board, to value the Portfolio’s assets on behalf of the Portfolio. The Valuation Committee values Portfolio assets as described above. More information about the Portfolio’s valuation procedures is available in the Portfolio’s SAI.
 
28

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO
 
 
INVESTMENT MANAGER
The Portfolio’s Manager is AllianceBernstein L.P., 501 Commerce Street, Nashville, TN 37203. The Manager, which is a controlled indirect subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc., is a leading global investment adviser supervising client accounts with assets as of September 30, 2022 totaling approximately $613 billion (of which over $118 billion represented assets of registered investment companies sponsored by the Manager). As of September 30, 2022, the Manager managed retirement assets for many of the largest public and private employee benefit plans (including 17 of the nation’s FORTUNE 100 companies), for public employee retirement funds in 33 of the 50 states, for investment companies, and for foundations, endowments, banks and insurance companies worldwide. The 28 registered investment companies managed by the Manager, comprising approximately 92 separate investment portfolios, had as of September 30, 2022 approximately 2.8 million shareholder accounts.
The Manager provides investment advisory services and order placement facilities for the Portfolio. For these advisory services, the Portfolio paid the Manager, during its most recent fiscal year, a percentage of average net assets as follows:
 
Portfolio   Fee as a Percentage of
Average Net
Assets
  Fiscal Year
Ended
Intermediate Duration Institutional
      0.39 %*       9/30/22
 
*
Fee stated net of any waivers and/or reimbursements. The Manager has contractually agreed to waive its fee and/or bear certain expenses as described in the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio table under the Summary Information section in the beginning of the Prospectus.
The Manager has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and/or to bear expenses of the Portfolio through January 28, 2024 to the extent necessary to prevent total Portfolio operating expenses, on an annualized basis, from exceeding 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Portfolio’s investment advisory agreement is available in the Portfolio’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
The Manager acts as an investment adviser to other persons, firms or corporations, including investment companies, hedge funds, pension funds and other institutional investors. The Manager may receive management fees, including performance fees, that may be higher or lower than the advisory fees it receives from the Portfolio. Certain other clients of the Manager have investment objectives and policies similar to those of the Portfolio. The Manager may, from time to time, make recommendations that result in the purchase or sale of a particular security by its other clients simultaneously with the Portfolio. If transactions on behalf of more than one client during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price or quantity. It is the policy of the Manager to allocate advisory recommendations and the placing of orders in a manner that is deemed equitable by the Manager to the accounts involved, including the Portfolio. When two or more of the clients of the Manager (including the Portfolio) are purchasing or selling the same security on a given day from the same broker-dealer, such transactions are averaged as to price. The shares are then allocated to participating accounts using automated algorithms designed to achieve a fair, equitable and objective distribution of the shares over time.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS:
The day‑to‑day management of, and investment decisions for, the Portfolio are made by the U.S. Investment Grade: Core Fixed-Income Team.
The following table lists the persons within the U.S. Investment Grade: Core Fixed-Income Team with the most significant responsibility for the day‑to‑day management of the Portfolio, the length of time that each person has been jointly and primarily responsible for the Portfolio, and each person’s principal occupation during the past five years:
 
Employee; Length of Service; Title    Principal Occupation During
the Past Five (5) Years
Michael Canter; since 2016; Senior Vice President of the Manager    Senior Vice President of the Manager, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018. He is also the Director of Securitized Assets and U.S. Multi-Sector Fixed-Income.
Janaki Rao; since 2018; Senior Vice President of the Manager    Senior Vice President of the Manager, with which he has been associated in a substantially similar capacity to his current position since prior to 2018.
The Portfolio’s SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Portfolio.
DISTRIBUTION SERVICES
Bernstein LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and registered broker-dealer and investment adviser, provides the Portfolio with distribution services pursuant to a Distribution Agreement between the Fund and Bernstein LLC. Bernstein LLC does not charge a fee for these services. Bernstein LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Manager.
RETIREMENT PLAN SERVICES
Employer-sponsored defined contribution retirement plans, such as 401(k) plans, may hold Portfolio shares in the name of the plan, rather than the individual participants. In these cases, the plan recordkeeper performs transfer-agency functions for these shareholder accounts. Plan recordkeepers may be paid, or plans may be reimbursed, by the Portfolio for each plan participant portfolio account in an amount equal to the lesser of 0.12% of the assets of the Portfolio attributable to such plan or $12 per account, per annum. To the extent any of these payments for retirement plan accounts are made by the Portfolio,
 
29

they are included in the amount appearing opposite the caption “Other Expenses” found in the Portfolio expense tables under “Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses.” The Manager, at its expense, may provide additional payments to plan recordkeepers for the services they provide to plan participants that have invested in the Portfolio.
ADDITIONAL FEES FOR CERTAIN INVESTORS
Certain investors in the Portfolio are private advisory clients of affiliates of the Manager and in such capacity pay separate fees to such affiliates. These fees are in addition to Portfolio related fees. For more information on such fees, please contact your Bernstein advisor.
 
30

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
 
 
The Portfolio will distribute substantially all of its net investment income (interest and dividends less expenses) and realized net capital gains, if any, from the sale of securities to its shareholders.
The Portfolio intends to declare dividends daily and pay them monthly. The Portfolio distributes capital gains distributions at least annually, generally in December. You will be taxed on dividends and capital gains distributions generally in the year you receive them, except that dividends declared in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year will be taxable to you in the year they are declared.
Dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, of the Portfolio will be either reinvested in shares of the same Portfolio on which they were paid or paid in cash. The number of shares you receive if you reinvest your distributions is based upon the net asset value of the Portfolio on the record date. Such reinvestments automatically occur on the payment date of such dividends and capital gains distributions. In the alternative, you may elect in writing, received by us not less than five business days prior to the record date, to receive dividends and/or capital gains distributions in cash. Please contact your Bernstein Advisor. You will not receive interest on uncashed dividend, distribution or redemption checks.
If you purchase shares shortly before the record date of a distribution, the share price will include the value of the distribution and you may be subject to tax on this distribution when it is received, even though the distribution represents, in effect, a return of a portion of your purchase price.
Any dividends paid by the Portfolio that are properly reported as exempt-interest dividends will not be subject to regular federal income tax.
If you are subject to taxes, you may be taxed on dividends (unless, as described below, they are derived from the interest earned on municipal securities and certain conditions are met) and capital gains distributions from the Portfolio whether they are received in cash or additional shares. Regardless of how long you have owned your shares in the Portfolio, distributions of long-term capital gains are taxed as such and distributions of net investment income, short-term capital gains and certain foreign currency gains are generally taxed as ordinary income. For individual taxpayers, ordinary income is taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 37%, and long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum federal income tax rate of 15% or 20% for individuals, depending on whether their incomes exceed certain threshold amounts, which are adjusted annually for inflation. Income dividends that are exempt from federal income tax may be subject to state and local taxes.
A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax is imposed on net investment income, including interest, dividends, and capital gains, of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 (or $250,000 if married filing jointly), and of estates and trusts.
If, for any taxable year, the Portfolio distributes income from dividends from domestic corporations and complies with certain requirements, corporate shareholders may be entitled to take a dividends-received deduction for some or all of the dividends they receive. In general, dividends on the shares of the Portfolio will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations since they will not be derived from dividends paid by U.S. corporations.
Dividends and interest received by the Portfolio may be subject to foreign tax and withholding. Some emerging markets countries may impose taxes on capital gains earned by the Portfolio in such countries. However, tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.
Certain dividends on the shares of the Portfolio received by non‑corporate shareholders (including individuals) may be eligible for long-term capital gain tax rates, provided that the non‑corporate shareholder receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Such rates would not apply to dividends received from the Portfolio.
If you redeem shares of the Portfolio or exchange them for shares of another Portfolio, generally you will recognize a capital gain or loss on the transaction. Any such gain or loss will be a long-term capital gain or loss if you held your shares for more than one year. Losses recognized on a sale and repurchase are disallowed to the extent that the shares disposed of are replaced within a 61‑day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the transaction date. However, if you experience a loss and have held your shares for only six months or less, such loss generally will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent that you treat any dividends as long-term capital gains. Additionally, any such loss will be disallowed to the extent of any dividends derived from the interest earned on municipal securities.
A 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions including non‑U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, a foreign financial institution will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non‑compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and determine certain other information as to their account holders, or (ii) in the event that an applicable intergovernmental
 
31

agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.
We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends and long-term capital gains distributed to you during the prior year. Likewise, the amount of tax exempt income, including any tax exempt income subject to alternative minimum tax, that the Portfolio distributes will be reported to you and such income must be reported on your federal income tax return.
As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Portfolio may make or receive periodic net payments. The Portfolio may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in a capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Portfolio has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the Portfolio may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.
This Prospectus summarizes only some of the tax implications you should consider when investing in the Portfolio. You are urged to consult your own tax adviser regarding specific questions you may have as to federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Statements as to the tax status of dividends and distributions of the Portfolio are mailed annually.
The Portfolio may experience relatively large redemptions due to transactions in Portfolio shares by significant investors. If large shareholder redemptions occur, the Portfolio could be required to sell portfolio securities resulting in the Portfolio’s realization of net capital gains, which could be significant. Certain investment advisers, including an affiliate of the Manager, provide tax management services to their clients that invest in the Portfolio. As part of these services, those investment advisers conduct year‑end tax trading on behalf of their clients to offset capital gains taxes where possible, which may result in buying and selling shares in the Portfolio. These transactions could result in the Portfolio experiencing temporary asset inflows or outflows at year end. The Manager’s affiliate coordinates with the Manager to try to ensure that the implementation of its tax management strategies will not compromise the interests of any Portfolio or its shareholders, and the Manager considers that it has a fiduciary duty to both the Portfolio and its affiliate’s clients. The implementation of tax management strategies by such investment advisers may require the Portfolio to sell portfolio securities to satisfy redemption requests or increase asset allocations to cash or cash equivalents, which could result in the Portfolio’s realization of capital gains. If a significant amount of the Portfolio’s assets is allocated to cash or cash equivalents, it may be more difficult for the Portfolio to achieve its investment objective. Implementation of tax management strategies may also require the Portfolio to incur transaction costs, which will reduce its return.
 
32

GLOSSARY OF INVESTMENT TERMS
 
 
TYPES OF SECURITIES
Bonds are interest-bearing or discounted securities that obligate the issuer to pay the bond holder a specified sum of money, usually at specified intervals, and to repay the principal amount of the loan at maturity.
Fixed-income securities, such as bonds or notes, entitle the owner to receive a specified sum of money (interest) at set intervals as well as the principal amount of the security at its maturity.
Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states, territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, duly constituted authorities and corporations. Municipal securities include municipal bonds, which are intended to meet longer-term capital needs and municipal notes, which are intended to fulfill short-term capital needs.
Rule 144A securities are securities that may be resold under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
RATING AGENCIES AND INDEXES
Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index—Represents securities that are SEC‑registered, taxable, and dollar denominated. The index covers the U.S. investment grade fixed rate bond market, with index components for government and corporate securities, mortgage pass-through securities, and asset-backed securities. These major sectors are subdivided into more specific indices that are calculated and reported on a regular basis.
Fitch is Fitch Ratings, Inc.
Moody’s is Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations, or NRSROs, are credit rating agencies registered with the SEC. NRSROs assess the creditworthiness of an obligor as an entity or with respect to specific securities or money market instruments. A list of credit rating agencies currently registered as NRSROs can be found on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
S&P Global is S&P Global Ratings.
OTHER
1940 Act is the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Exchange is the New York Stock Exchange.
Net assets means the Portfolio’s net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes.
 
33

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
 
The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the financial performance of the Portfolio for the periods indicated. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). The financial highlights have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, whose report, along with the Portfolio’s financial statements, is included in the Portfolio’s 2022 annual report, which is available upon request.
Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio
 
    Year Ended September 30,  
     2022     2021     2020     2019     2018  
Net asset value, beginning of period
  $ 15.50     $ 16.04     $ 15.46     $ 14.55     $ 15.08  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Income From Investment Operations          
Investment income, net(a)(b)
    0.26       0.30       0.40       0.44       0.36  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investment and foreign currency transactions
    (2.55     (0.29     0.65       0.95       (0.51
Contributions from affiliates
    0       0       0       0.00 (c)      0.00 (a) 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total from investment operations
    (2.29     0.01       1.05       1.39       (0.15
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Less dividends and distributions:          
Dividends from net investment income
    (0.27     (0.33     (0.44     (0.48     (0.38
Dividends from net realized gain on investment transactions
    (0.22     (0.22     (0.03     0       0  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total dividends and distributions
    (0.49     (0.55     (0.47     (0.48     (0.38
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net asset value, end of period
  $ 12.72     $ 15.50     $ 16.04     $ 15.46     $ 14.55  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Return(d)     (15.13 )%      0.02     6.96     9.70     (0.98 )% 
Ratios/Supplemental Data          
Net assets, end of period (000 omitted)
  $ 708,490     $ 1,016,985     $ 905,508     $ 886,574     $ 734,175  
Average net assets (000 omitted)
  $ 853,245     $ 963,532     $ 879,658     $ 816,533     $ 702,953  
Ratio to average net assets of:
         
Expenses, net of waivers/reimbursements
    0.45     0.45     0.45     0.45     0.45
Expenses, before waivers/reimbursements
    0.51     0.52     0.52     0.52     0.55
Net investment income(b)
    1.85     1.92     2.55     2.98     2.47
Portfolio turnover rate(e)
    129     118     86     70     189
 
(a)
Based on average shares outstanding.
 
(b)
Net of expenses waived by the Manager.
 
(c)
Amount is less than $.005.
 
(d)
Total investment return is calculated assuming an initial investment made at the net asset value at the beginning of the period, reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value during the period, and redemption on the last day of the period. Total return does not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on fund distributions or the redemption of fund shares. Total investment return calculated for a period of less than one year is not annualized.
 
(e)
The Portfolio accounts for dollar roll transactions as purchases and sales.
 
34

For more information about the Portfolio, the following documents are available upon request:
 
 
ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
The Portfolio’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders contain additional information on the Portfolio’s investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio’s performance during its last fiscal year.
 
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI)
The Portfolio has an SAI, which contains more detailed information about the Portfolio, including its operations and investment policies. The Portfolio’s SAI and the independent registered public accounting firms’ reports and financial statements in the Portfolio’s most recent annual report to shareholders are incorporated by reference into (and are legally part of) this Prospectus.
You may request a free copy of the current annual/semi-annual report or the SAI, or make inquiries concerning the Portfolio, by contacting your Bernstein advisor, or by contacting the Manager:
 
By Mail:  
501 Commerce Street,
Nashville, TN 37203
By Phone:   (212) 486‑5800
On the Internet:   www.bernstein.com
Or you may view or obtain these documents from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”):
 
 
Reports and other information about the Portfolio are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
 
Copies of the information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov.
 
Fund    SEC File No.
Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc.
       811‑21034
Privacy Notice
(This information is not part of the Prospectus)
At Bernstein, protecting the privacy and confidentiality of our clients’ personal information is a priority. We understand that you have entrusted us with your private financial information, and we do everything possible to maintain that trust. The following sets forth details of our approach to ensuring the confidentiality of your personal information. We never sell client lists or information about our clients (or former clients) to anyone. In the normal course of business we collect information about our clients from the following sources: (1) account documentation, including applications or other forms (which may include information such as the client’s name, address, social security number, assets, and income) and (2) information about our clients’ transactions with us (such as account balances and account activity). We have strict policies and procedures to safeguard personal information about our clients (or former clients) which include (1) restricting access and (2) maintaining physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards for protecting such information. To be able to serve our clients and to provide financial products efficiently and accurately, it is sometimes necessary to share information with companies that perform administrative services for us or on our behalf. These companies are required to use this information only for the services for which we hired them, and are not permitted to use or share this information for any other purpose. If you have any questions regarding the above policy, please call your Bernstein advisor.
PRO‑0167‑0123
 
LOGO


SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN FUND II, INC.

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

(212) 756-4097

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

January 27, 2023

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) of the Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc. (the “Fund”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus, dated January 28, 2023, which may be obtained by writing to or telephoning (collect) the Fund at the above address or telephone number. Certain financial statements from the Fund’s annual report dated September 30, 2022 are incorporated by reference into this SAI. Copies of the Fund’s Prospectus and annual report may be obtained by writing to or telephoning (collect) the Fund at the above address or telephone number or on the Internet at www.bernstein.com. The Fund has one portfolio, the Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio (the “Portfolio”) (Exchange Ticker Symbol: SIIDX). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Prospectus.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FUND HISTORY

     1  

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS

     1  

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     4  

INVESTMENTS

     5  

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     30  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     33  

NET ASSET VALUE

     45  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     46  

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     50  

CODE OF ETHICS AND PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

     52  

TAXES

     52  

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, COUNSEL, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     58  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     58  

APPENDIX A: DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

     A-1  

APPENDIX B: STATEMENT OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR PROXY VOTING

     B-1  

AllianceBernstein® and the AB Logo are registered trademarks and service marks used by permission of the owner, AllianceBernstein L.P.

 

i


FUND HISTORY

The Fund was incorporated under the laws of the state of Maryland on February 7, 2002 and is registered as an open-end management investment company. The Fund is diversified.

The term “net assets” as used in this SAI means net assets plus any borrowings.

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS

For a summary description of the objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Portfolio, see the sections of the Fund’s Prospectus entitled “Investment Objective,” “Principal Strategies” and “Principal Risks,” as well as the section entitled “Additional Investment Information, Special Investment Techniques and Related Risks.” The following information is provided for those investors desiring information in addition to that contained in the Prospectus.

Except as otherwise specified, the Portfolio may invest in any of the securities described in the Prospectus and this SAI. In addition, the Portfolio may use any of the special investment techniques, some of which are commonly called derivatives, described in the Prospectus and this SAI to earn income and enhance returns, to hedge or adjust the risk profile of an investment portfolio, to obtain exposure to certain markets or to manage the effective maturity or duration of fixed-income securities.

Except for those policies and objectives of the Portfolio that are described in the Prospectus or SAI as fundamental, the investment policies and objectives of the Portfolio may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. If there is a change in investment policy or objective, shareholders should consider whether the Portfolio remains an appropriate investment in light of their then-current financial position and needs. There is no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its investment objective.

To identify attractive bonds for the Portfolio, AllianceBernstein L.P. (the “Manager”) evaluates securities and sectors in an effort to identify the most attractive securities in the market at a given time—those believed to offer the highest expected return in relation to their risks. In addition, the Manager may analyze the yield curve to seek the optimum combination of duration for given degrees of interest rate risk. Finally, the Manager may use interest rate forecasting to estimate the best level of interest rate risk at a given time, within specified limits for the Portfolio.

In addition to these policies, the Portfolio will seek to maintain an average portfolio quality minimum of A, based on ratings given to the Portfolio’s securities by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or the equivalent by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”); SP-1 by S&P, F-1 by Fitch or MIG 1 or VMIG 1 by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO; A-1 by S&P, or P-1 by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by the Manager to be of comparable quality). The Portfolio may invest in securities rated CCC by S&P and Fitch, or Caa by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO. In the event of differing ratings, the higher rating shall apply. The impact of changing economic conditions, investment risk and changing interest rates is increased by investing in securities rated below A by S&P, Fitch or Moody’s; below SP-1 or A-1 by S&P, below F-1 by Fitch or below MIG 1, VMIG 1 or P-1 by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO. In addition, the secondary trading market for lower-rated bonds may be less liquid than the market for higher-grade bonds. Accordingly, lower-rated bonds may be difficult to value accurately. Securities rated BBB by S&P and Fitch or Baa by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO are investment grade. Securities that are rated BB, B or CCC by S&P and Fitch, or Ba, B or Caa by Moody’s or the equivalent by any other NRSRO are considered to be speculative with regard to the payment of interest and principal.

In addition to these policies, the Portfolio has policies, discussed below, pertaining to the minimum ratings and types of investments permitted, as well as the effective duration and average maturity of the Portfolio. Effective duration, a statistic that is expressed in time periods, is a measure of the exposure of the Portfolio to changes in interest rates. Unlike maturity, which is the latest possible date for the final payment to be received from a bond, effective duration is a measure of the timing of all the expected interest and principal payments. The actual duration of the Portfolio depends on the Manager’s interest-rate forecast. When interest rates are expected to rise, the duration is shortened. When interest rates are expected to fall, the duration is lengthened. The Portfolio seeks to maintain an effective duration of 3–7 years.

The maturity composition of the Portfolio depends upon the shape of the yield curve and opportunities in the bond market, at times being concentrated in the middle part of the targeted range, while at other times consisting of a greater amount of securities with maturities that are shorter and others that are longer than the targeted range.

 

1


Generally, the value of debt securities changes as the general level of interest rates fluctuates. During periods of rising interest rates, the values of fixed-income securities generally decline. Conversely, during periods of falling interest rates, the values of these securities nearly always increase. Generally, the longer the maturity or effective duration, the greater the sensitivity of the price of a fixed-income security to any given change in interest rates. The value of the Portfolio’s shares fluctuates with the value of its investments.

The Portfolio may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS.

Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable-rate mortgages.

If the Portfolio purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the Portfolio’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the Portfolio will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the Portfolio’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

Another type of mortgage-related security, known as Government-Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”) Risk-Sharing Bonds or Credit Risk Transfer securities (“CRTs”), transfers a portion of the risk of borrower defaults from the GSEs to investors through the issuance of a bond whose return of principal is linked to the performance of a selected pool of mortgages. CRTs are issued by GSEs (and sometimes banks or mortgage insurers) and structured without any government or GSE guarantee in respect of borrower defaults or underlying collateral. Typically, CRTs are issued at par and have stated final maturities. CRTs are structured so that: (i) interest is paid directly by the issuing GSE and (ii) principal is paid by the issuing GSE in accordance with the principal payments and default performance of a certain pool of residential mortgage loans acquired by the GSE.

 

2


The risks associated with an investment in CRTs differ from the risks associated with an investment in MBS issued by GSEs because, in CRTs, some or all of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage loans is transferred to the end-investor. As a result, in the event that a GSE fails to pay principal or interest on a CRT or goes through bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, holders of such CRT have no direct recourse to the underlying mortgage loans.

The Portfolio may also invest in commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), which represent interests in mortgage loans on commercial real estate, such as loans secured by mortgages on hotels, shopping centers, office buildings and apartment buildings. Generally, the interest and principal payments on these loans are passed on to investors in CMBS according to a schedule of payments. The Portfolio may invest in individual CMBS issues or, alternately, may gain exposure to the overall CMBS market by investing in a derivative contract, the performance of which is related to changes in the value of a domestic CMBS index. The risks associated with CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the commercial real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans and are therefore different from the risks of other types of MBS. Additionally, CMBS may expose the Portfolio to interest rate, liquidity and credit risks. These risks are heightened due to the significant economic impacts of the novel coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) on commercial real estate. In addition, global climate change may have an adverse effect on property and security values.

The Portfolio may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by pools of automobile loans, educational loans home equity loans, and credit card receivables or other types of loans.

The Portfolio may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the Portfolio if invested in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the Portfolio may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. In purchasing these subordinated notes, the Portfolio will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The Portfolio may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include so-called “high yield” or “junk” bonds (i.e., bonds that are rated below investment grade by an NRSRO or that are of equivalent quality) and preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The Portfolio’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the Portfolio, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the Portfolio, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the Portfolio may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

 

3


INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Portfolio is subject to fundamental investment restrictions. The fundamental restrictions applicable to the Portfolio may not be changed without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding securities of the Portfolio. A “majority of the outstanding securities” of the Portfolio means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. All percentage limitations expressed in the following investment restrictions are measured immediately after the relevant transaction is made.

Investment Restrictions of the Portfolio

The Portfolio’s fundamental policies are as follows:

The Portfolio is diversified as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”).

 

  1.

The Portfolio may not issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) or borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder (as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time) or by guidance regarding, or interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder published by appropriate regulatory authorities.

For the purposes of this restriction, margin collateral arrangements, including, for example, with respect to permitted borrowings, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and other derivatives such as swaps are not deemed to involve the issuance of a senior security.

 

  2.

The Portfolio may not act as an underwriter of securities, except that the Portfolio may acquire restricted securities under circumstances in which, if such securities were sold, the Portfolio might be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  3.

The Portfolio may not concentrate investments in an industry, as concentration may be defined under the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder (as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time) or by guidance regarding interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder published by appropriate regulatory authorities.

 

  4.

The Portfolio may not purchase or sell real estate except that it may dispose of real estate acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments. This restriction does not prohibit the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

 

  5.

The Portfolio may not purchase or sell commodities regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission under the Commodity Exchange Act or commodity contracts except for futures contracts and options on futures contracts.

 

  6.

The Portfolio may not make loans except through (i) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with its investment objectives and policies; (ii) the lending of portfolio securities; (iii) the use of repurchase agreements; or (iv) the making of loans to affiliated funds as permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder (as such statutes, rules or regulations may be amended from time to time), or by guidance regarding, and interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act.

The following investment limitations are not fundamental, and may be changed without shareholder approval. The Portfolio does not or currently does not intend to:

 

  7.

Purchase securities on margin, but the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures contracts and other derivative instruments shall not constitute securities on margin;

 

  8.

Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position; or

 

  9.

Enter into any repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days or investing in any other illiquid security if, as a result, more than 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets would be so invested. Restricted securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) that have a readily available market, and commercial paper exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of that Act that may be offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A, which the Manager has determined to be liquid pursuant to guidelines established by the Directors, will not be considered illiquid for purposes of this 15% limitation on illiquid securities.

 

4


For purposes of determining the amount of portfolio securities that may be lent by the Portfolio to other parties in accordance with the investment restrictions set forth above, “total assets” of the Portfolio shall be determined in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) interpretations issued from time to time.

INVESTMENTS

Subject to the Portfolio’s investment policies, the Portfolio will primarily be invested in debt securities, including, but not limited to: (i) obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or the agencies or instrumentalities thereof; (ii) obligations of supranational agencies; (iii) straight and convertible corporate bonds and notes; (iv) loan participations; (v) commercial paper; (vi) obligations (including certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of thrifts and banks; (vii) mortgage-related securities; (viii) asset-backed securities; (ix) Municipal Securities (as defined below) or other securities issued by state and local government agencies, the income on which may or may not be tax-exempt; (x) guaranteed investment contracts and bank investment contracts; (xi) variable and floating rate securities; (xii) private placements; (xiii) preferred stock; (xiv) foreign securities; and (xv) investments in other investment companies. From time to time, additional fixed-income securities are developed. They will be considered for purchase by the Portfolio. Some information regarding some of these types of investments is provided below.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage loans made on residential or commercial property by banks, savings and loan institutions and other lenders are often assembled into pools, and interests in the pools are sold to investors. Interests in such pools are referred to in this SAI as “mortgage-related securities.” Payments of mortgage-related securities are backed by the property mortgaged. In addition, some mortgage-related securities are guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government. In the case of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities that are not backed by the United States Government or one of its agencies, a loss could be incurred if the collateral backing these securities is insufficient.

One type of mortgage-related security is a Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) Certificate. GNMA Certificates are backed as to principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Another type is a Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) Certificate. Principal and interest payments of FNMA Certificates are guaranteed only by FNMA itself, not by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. A third type of mortgage-related security in which the Portfolio might invest is a Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) Participation Certificate. This type of security is backed by FHLMC as to payment of principal and interest but, like a FNMA security, it is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

The U.S. government has provided financial support to FHLMC and FNMA in the past, although there is no assurance that it will do so in the future.

Under the direction of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, FNMA and FHLMC have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of a uniform mortgage-backed security (“UMBS”) (the “Single Security Initiative”) that aligns the characteristics of FNMA and FHLMC certificates. The Single Security Initiative was implemented in June 2019, and the effects it may have on the market for mortgage-backed securities are uncertain.

The Portfolio may also invest in both residential and commercial mortgage pools originated by investment banking firms and builders. Rather than being guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government, these pools are usually backed by subordinated interests or mortgage insurance. The Manager of the Portfolio will take such insurance into account in determining whether to invest in such pools.

The Portfolio may invest in Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”) and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). REMICs include governmental and/or private entities that issue a fixed pool of mortgages secured by an interest in real property, and CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities.

Since the borrower is typically obligated to make monthly payments of principal and interest, most mortgage-related securities pass these payments through to the holder after deduction of a servicing fee. However, other payment arrangements are possible. Payments may be made to the holder on a different schedule than that on which payments are received from the borrower, including, but not limited to, weekly, biweekly and semiannually.

Furthermore, the monthly principal and interest payments are not always passed through to the holder on a pro rata basis. In the case of REMICs and CMOs, the pool is divided into two or more tranches, and special rules for the disbursement of principal and interest payments are established. The Portfolio may invest in debt obligations that are REMICs or CMOs, provided that the entity issuing the REMIC or CMO is not a registered investment company.

 

5


Payments to the Portfolio from mortgage-related securities generally represent both principal and interest. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 15 or 30 years, borrowers can, and often do, pay them off sooner. Thus, the Portfolio generally receives prepayments of principal in addition to the principal that is part of the regular monthly payments.

A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage that bears a relatively high rate of interest. Thus, the value of the securities may not increase as much as other debt securities when interest rates fall. However, when interest rates rise, the rate of prepayments may slow and the value of the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may decrease more than other debt securities. The Portfolio normally does not distribute principal payments (whether regular or prepaid) to its shareholders. Rather, it invests such payments in additional securities, which may not be mortgage-related. Interest received by the Portfolio is, however, reflected in dividends to shareholders.

Asset-Backed Securities

The Portfolio may purchase securities backed by financial assets such as loans or leases for various assets including automobiles, recreational vehicles, computers and receivables on pools of consumer debt, most commonly credit cards. Two examples of such asset-backed securities are CARS and CARDS. CARS are securities, representing either ownership interests in fixed pools of automobile receivables, or debt instruments supported by the cash flows from such a pool. CARDS are participations in revolving pools of credit card accounts. These securities may have varying terms and degrees of liquidity. Asset-backed securities may be pass-through, representing actual equity ownership of the underlying assets, or pay-through, representing debt instruments supported by cash flows from the underlying assets. Pay-through asset-backed securities may pay all interest and principal to the holder, or they may pay a fixed rate of interest, with any excess over that required to pay interest going either into a reserve account or to a subordinate class of securities, which may be retained by the originator. Credit enhancement of asset-backed securities may take a variety of forms, including but not limited to overcollateralizing the securities, subordinating other tranches of an asset-backed issue to the securities, or by maintaining a reserve account for payment of the securities. In addition, part or all of the principal and/or interest payments on the securities may be guaranteed by the originator or a third-party insurer. The Manager takes all relevant credit enhancements into account in making investment decisions on behalf of the Portfolio.

In the case of securities backed by automobile receivables, the issuers of such securities typically file financing statements, and the servicers of such obligations take custody of such obligations. Therefore, if the servicers, in contravention of their duty, were to sell such obligations, the third-party purchasers would possibly acquire an interest superior to the holder of the securitized assets. Also, most states require that a security interest in a vehicle be noted on the certificate of title, and the certificate of title may not be amended to reflect the assignment of the seller’s security interest. Therefore, the recovery of the collateral in some cases may not be available to support payments on the securities. In the case of credit card receivables, both federal and state consumer protection laws may allow setoffs against certain amounts owed against balances of the credit cards.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by or on behalf of the states, territories or possessions of the United States, or their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities, or the District of Columbia , where the interest from such securities is, according to the information reasonably available to the Manager, in the opinion of bond counsel at the time of issuance, exempt from federal income tax (“Municipal Securities”). The Portfolio may also invest, from time to time, in securities issued by or on behalf of states, territories or possessions of the United States or their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities or the District of Columbia , where the interest from such securities is not exempt from federal income tax.

Municipal Securities include “private activity bonds” such as industrial revenue bonds, the interest income from which is subject to the alternative minimum tax.

The two principal classifications of Municipal Securities are general obligation and revenue or special obligation securities. General obligation securities are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The term “issuer” means the agency, authority, instrumentality or other political subdivision, the assets and revenues of which are available for the payment of the principal and interest on the securities. Revenue or special obligation securities are payable only from the revenue derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other specific revenue source and generally are not payable from the unrestricted revenues of the issuer. Some Municipal Securities are municipal lease obligations. Lease obligations usually do not constitute general obligations of the municipality for which the municipality taxing power is pledged, although the lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. Some municipal lease obligations may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities. Municipal Securities include certain asset-backed certificates representing interests in trusts that include pools of installment payment agreements, leases, or other debt obligations of state or local governmental entities. Some Municipal Securities are covered by insurance or other credit enhancements procured by the issuer or underwriter guaranteeing timely payment of principal and interest.

 

6


Yields on Municipal Securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the Municipal Securities market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. An increase in interest rates generally will reduce the market value of portfolio investments, and a decline in interest rates generally will increase the value of portfolio investments. Municipal Securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields and are generally subject to greater price movements than obligations with shorter maturities. The achievement of the Portfolio’s investment objective depends in part on the continuing ability of the issuers of Municipal Securities in which the Portfolio invests to meet their obligations for the payment of principal and interest when due. Municipal Securities historically have not been subject to SEC registration although from time to time there have been proposals which would require registration in the future.

After purchase by the Portfolio, a Municipal Security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither event requires sale of such security by the Portfolio, but the Manager will consider such event in its determination of whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the security. To the extent that the ratings given by NRSROs may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, the Manager will attempt to use such changed ratings in a manner consistent with the Fund’s quality criteria as described in the Prospectus.

Obligations of issuers of Municipal Securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures, or referenda extending the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal or the interest on its municipal bonds may be materially affected.

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on Municipal Securities. It can be expected that similar proposals may be introduced in the future. If such a proposal were enacted, the availability of Municipal Securities for investment by the Portfolio would be affected and, to the extent that the Portfolio invests in Municipal Securities, the value of the Portfolio would be affected.

Private Placements

The Portfolio may invest in privately placed securities that, in the absence of an exemption, would be required to be registered under the Securities Act so as to permit their sale to the public (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions. These securities may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities.

Where registration of restricted securities is required, the Portfolio may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Portfolio may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Portfolio might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced at fair value pursuant to policies approved by the Board.

If trading in restricted securities were to decline to limited levels, the liquidity of Portfolio investments could be adversely affected.

Loan Participations and Assignments

The Portfolio may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”) arranged through private negotiations between borrowers and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”). Such loans are often referred to as bank loan debt. The Portfolio’s investments in Loans are expected in most instances to be in the form of participations in Loans (“Participations”) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) from third parties. The Portfolio’s investment in Participations typically will result in the Portfolio having a contractual relationship only with the Lender and not with the borrower. The Portfolio will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Portfolio generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Portfolio may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Portfolio may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. Certain Participations may be structured in a manner designed to avoid purchasers of Participations being subject to the credit risk of the Lender with respect to the Participation;

 

7


but even under such a structure, in the event of the Lender’s insolvency, the Lender’s servicing of the Participation may be delayed and the assignability of the Participation impaired. The Portfolio will acquire Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the Portfolio and the borrower is a Lender having total assets of more than $25 billion and whose senior unsecured debt is rated investment grade by an NRSRO.

When the Portfolio purchases Assignments from Lenders it will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by the Portfolio as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender. The assignability of certain obligations is restricted by the governing documentation as to the nature of the assignee such that the only way in which the Portfolio may acquire an interest in a Loan is through a Participation and not an Assignment. The Portfolio may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Participations because to do so it will have to assign such securities to a third party. Because there is no liquid market for such securities, the Portfolio anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the Portfolio’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for Assignments and Participations also may make it more difficult for the Portfolio to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Portfolio’s portfolio and calculating its asset value.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities

While the Portfolio generally invests in domestic securities, the Portfolio may also invest in foreign securities of the same type and quality as the domestic securities in which it invests when the anticipated performance of the foreign securities is believed by the Manager to offer more potential than domestic alternatives in keeping with the investment objectives of the Portfolio. The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its total assets in non-U.S. Dollar denominated securities and may invest without limit in U.S. Dollar denominated foreign securities. The Portfolio may invest in foreign fixed-income securities that may involve risks in addition to those normally associated with domestic securities. These risks include:

Investments in China

Risks of investments in securities of companies economically tied to China may include the volatility of the Chinese stock market; the Chinese economy’s heavy dependence on exports, which may decrease, sometimes significantly, when the world economy weakens; the continuing importance of the role of the Chinese Government, which may take legal or regulatory actions that affect the contractual arrangements of a company or economic and market practices, and cause the value of the securities of an issuer held by the Portfolio to decrease significantly; and political unrest. Such regulatory measures, which may be adopted with little or no warning, can severely restrict a company’s business operations, with potentially dramatic adverse impacts on the market values of its securities. While the Chinese economy has grown rapidly in recent years, the rate of growth has been declining, and there can be no assurance that China’s economy will continue to grow in the future. In addition, trade disputes between China and its trading counterparties, including the United States, have arisen and may continue to arise. Such disputes have resulted in trade tariffs and may potentially result in future trade tariffs, as well as embargoes, trade limitations, trade wars and other negative consequences. These consequences could trigger, among other things, a substantial reduction in international trade and adverse effects on, and potential failure of, individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry, which could have potentially significant negative effects on the Chinese economy as well as the global economy.

China has a complex territorial dispute regarding the sovereignty of Taiwan that has included threats of invasion; Taiwan-based companies and individuals are significant investors in China. Military conflict between China and Taiwan may adversely affect securities of Chinese, Taiwan-based and other issuers both in and outside the region. Risks of investments in issuers based in Hong Kong, a special administrative region of China, include heavy reliance on the U.S. economy and regional economies, particularly the Chinese economy, which makes these investments vulnerable to changes in these economies. These and related factors may result in adverse effects on investments in China and Hong Kong and have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s performance.

The Portfolio may invest in renminbi-denominated bonds issued in China (“RMB Bonds”). RMB Bonds, including government and corporate bonds, are available in the China Interbank Bond Market (“CIBM”) to eligible foreign investors through the CIBM Direct Access Program and through the China-Hong Kong Bond Connect program (“Bond Connect”). Both programs are relatively new. Laws, rules, regulations, policies and guidelines relating to each program are untested and subject to change, including with potential retroactive effect.

The CIBM Direct Access Program, established by the People’s Bank of China, allows eligible foreign institutional investors to conduct trading in the CIBM, subject to other rules and regulations as promulgated by Chinese authorities. Eligible foreign institutional investors who wish to invest directly in the CIBM through the CIBM Direct Access Program may do so through an onshore settlement agent, who would be responsible for making the relevant filings and account opening with the relevant authorities. The Portfolio is therefore subject to the risk of default or errors on the part of such agent.

 

8


Bond Connect provides a channel for overseas investors to invest in the Chinese bond market through investment links between Hong Kong and mainland China. In China, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority Central Money Markets Unit holds Bond Connect securities on behalf of the ultimate investors (such as the Portfolio) in accounts maintained with a China-based custodian (either the China Central Depository & Clearing Co. or the Shanghai Clearing House). This recordkeeping system subjects the Portfolio to numerous risks, including the risk that the Portfolio may have a limited ability to enforce its rights as a bondholder and the risks of settlement delays and counterparty default of the Hong Kong sub-custodian. Trading through Bond Connect is subject to other restrictions and risks. For example, Bond Connect is generally only available on business days when both the China and Hong Kong markets are open, which may limit the Portfolio’s ability to trade when it would be otherwise attractive to do so. Investing through Bond Connect also subjects the Portfolio to the clearance and settlement procedures associated with Bond Connect, which could pose risks to the Portfolio. Furthermore, securities purchased through Bond Connect generally may not be sold, purchased or otherwise transferred other than through Bond Connect in accordance with applicable rules.

Uncertainties in China’s tax rules related to the taxation of income and gains from investments in Chinese interbank bonds could result in unexpected tax liabilities for the Portfolio. Investing in the CIBM will also expose the Portfolio to renminbi currency risks. The ability to hedge renminbi currency risks is limited. In addition, given the renminbi is subject to exchange control restrictions, the Portfolio could be adversely affected by delays in converting other currencies into renminbi and vice versa and at times when there are unfavorable market conditions.

Other Risks

Other risks and considerations of international investing include the availability of less public information with respect to issuers of securities; less governmental supervision of brokers and issuers of securities; lack of uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; a generally lower degree of market volume and liquidity than that available in U.S. markets, which may result in greater price volatility; settlement practices that may include delays and otherwise differ from those in U.S. markets; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; the imposition of foreign taxes; and possible political instability in some countries, which could affect U.S. investment in these countries. Investments in foreign securities will also result in generally higher expenses due to the costs of currency exchange; payment of fixed brokerage commissions in certain foreign markets, which generally are higher than commissions on U.S. exchanges; and the expense of maintaining securities with foreign custodians.

On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) formally left the European Union (the “EU”) (“Brexit”) and ceased to be a member of the EU. The U.K. was in a transition period until December 31, 2020, during which the U.K. and the EU negotiated an agreement on the terms of their future trading and security relationship, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as in relation to financial services. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit could also lead to legal uncertainty and politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is developed and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate in the future. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others the Manager cannot anticipate, could adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments and its net asset value. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit continue to give rise to uncertainties. The U.K. may be less stable than it has been in recent years and investments in U.K. assets may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent rises and falls in value.

Areas where the uncertainty created by Brexit is relevant include, but are not limited to, an increase in the regulatory and customs requirements imposed on cross-border trade between the U.K. and EU countries, the negotiation of additional arrangements between the U.K. and the EU affecting important parts of the economy (such as financial services) that are not covered by the agreement, volatility and illiquidity in markets, currency fluctuations, the renegotiation of other existing trading and cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise) of the U.K. and the EU, and potentially lower growth for companies in the U.K., Europe and globally. The volatility and uncertainty caused by Brexit may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s investments and the ability of the Manager to achieve the investment objective of the Portfolio.

 

9


Additional Risks of Investing in Emerging Markets

Investing in securities of companies in emerging-market countries entails greater risks than investing in equity securities in developed markets. The risks include but are not limited to the following:

Investment Restrictions

Some emerging-market countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as the Portfolio. For example, certain emerging-market countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in the country, or limit the investment by foreign persons to only specific classes of securities of a company which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. Certain emerging-market countries may restrict investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests. Some emerging-market countries may impose restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital to foreign investors. The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in these emerging-market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Portfolio.

Possibility of Theft or Loss of Assets

Security settlement and clearance procedures in some emerging-market countries may not fully protect the Portfolio against loss or theft of its assets. By way of example and without limitation, the Portfolio could suffer losses in the event of a fraudulent or otherwise deficient security settlement, or theft or default by a broker, dealer, or other intermediary. The existence of overburdened infrastructure and obsolete financial systems exacerbates the risks in certain emerging-market countries.

Settlement and Brokerage Practices

Brokerage commissions, custodial services, and other costs relating to investment in emerging-market countries are generally more expensive than in the United States. For example, one securities broker may represent all or a significant part of the trading volume in a particular country, resulting in higher trading costs and decreased liquidity due to a lack of alternative trading partners. Emerging markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the Portfolio are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of Portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Portfolio due to subsequent declines in value of the Portfolio security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Less Sophisticated Regulatory and Legal Framework

In emerging-market countries, there is generally less government supervision and regulation of business and industry practices, stock exchanges, brokers, issuers and listed companies than in the U.S., and capital requirements for brokerage firms are generally lower. There may also be a lower level of monitoring of activities of investors in emerging securities markets, and enforcement of existing regulations may be limited or inconsistent. The prices at which the Portfolio may acquire investments may be affected by trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by the Portfolio in particular securities.

The sophisticated legal systems necessary for the proper and efficient functioning of modern capital markets have yet to be developed in most emerging-market countries, although many of these countries have made significant strides in this area in the past few years. A high degree of legal uncertainty may therefore exist as to the nature and extent of investors’ rights and the ability to enforce those rights in the courts. Many advanced legal concepts which now form significant elements of mature legal systems are not yet in place or, if they are in place, have yet to be tested in the courts. It is difficult to predict with any degree of certainty the outcome of judicial proceedings (often because the judges themselves have little or no experience with complex business transactions), or even the measure of damages which may be awarded following a successful claim.

Less Information on Companies and Markets

Many of the foreign securities held by the Portfolio will not be registered with the SEC, nor will the issuers thereof be subject to SEC or other U.S. reporting requirements. Accordingly, there will generally be less publicly available information concerning foreign issuers of securities held by the Portfolio than will be available concerning U.S. companies. Foreign companies, and in particular companies in emerging markets countries, are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies.

 

10


Market Disruption

Natural disasters and widespread disease, including pandemics, are typically highly disruptive to economies and markets. The COVID-19 pandemic has recently led, and may continue to lead, to increased market volatility. Natural disasters and health crises may also result in significant disruptions to important supply chains. A climate of uncertainty or panic may prevail, which may adversely affect all economies and reduce the availability or value of investments. Adverse effects, including their severity and consequences, may not be foreseen and may be more pronounced for developing or emerging market countries that have less established health care systems.

Non-U.S. Below Investment-Grade Bonds

Emerging market debt may be rated below investment-grade, or unrated but comparable to that rated below investment-grade by any NRSRO. Lower-quality debt securities, also known as “junk bonds,” are often considered to be speculative and involve greater risk of default or price change due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than those of higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty, which may follow periods of rising interest rates. Securities in the lowest quality category may present the risk of default, or may be in default.

While the Manager may refer to ratings issued by NRSROs, when available, the Manager may choose to rely upon, or to supplement such ratings with, its own independent and ongoing review of credit quality. The Portfolio’s achievement of its investment objective may, to the extent of its investment in medium- to lower-rated bonds, be more dependent upon the Manager’s credit analysis than would be the case if the Portfolio were to invest in higher quality bonds.

The secondary market on which medium- to lower-rated bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Portfolio could sell medium- to lower-rated bonds and could cause large fluctuations in the daily net asset value (“NAV”) of the Portfolio’s shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of medium- to lower-rated bonds, especially in a thinly traded market. When secondary markets for medium- to lower-rated securities are less liquid than markets for higher grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. Furthermore, prices for medium- to lower-rated bonds may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments.

Social, Political and Economic Instability

Investments in emerging-market countries involve exposure to a greater degree of risk due to increased political and economic instability. Instability may result from, among other factors: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations or armed conflict with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection; and (vi) changes in trading status; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection; and (vi) changes in trading status. Following Russia’s recent invasion of Ukraine, the United States, the European Union and the regulatory bodies of certain other countries instituted numerous sanctions against certain Russian individuals and Russian entities. These sanctions, and other intergovernmental actions that may be undertaken against Russia in the future, may result in the devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, and a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian stocks. Other securities or markets could be similarly affected by past or future geopolitical or other events or conditions.

Certain emerging-market countries have histories of instability and upheaval with respect to their internal policies that could cause their governments to act in a detrimental or hostile manner toward private enterprise or foreign investment. Such actions – for example, nationalizing a company or industry, expropriating assets, or imposing punitive taxes – could have a severe effect on security prices and impair the Portfolio’s ability to repatriate capital or income. The possibility exists that economic development in certain emerging-market countries may be suddenly slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in those countries, and that economic, political and social instability in some countries could disrupt the financial markets in which the Portfolio invests and adversely affect the value of the Portfolio’s assets.

The foregoing is not intended to be exhaustive and there may be other risk factors to take into account in relation to a particular investment. In addition, investors should be aware that the Portfolio may invest in foreign countries or in companies in which foreign investors, including the Manager, have had no or limited prior experience. Investors should also note that a feature of emerging markets is that they are subject to rapid change and the information set out above may become outdated relatively quickly.

 

11


Warrants

The Portfolio may invest in warrants. Warrants are securities that give the Portfolio the right to purchase securities from the issuer at a specific price (the strike price) for a limited period of time. The strike price of warrants sometimes is much lower than the current market price of the underlying securities, yet they are subject to similar price fluctuations. As a result, warrants may be more volatile investments than the underlying securities and may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends, interest payments or voting rights with respect to the underlying securities and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to the expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

Bank Obligations

The Portfolio may invest in fixed-income obligations (including, but not limited to, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances) of thrift institutions and commercial banks.

Time deposits are non-negotiable obligations of banks or thrift institutions with specified maturities and interest rates.

Certificates of deposit are negotiable obligations issued by commercial banks or thrift institutions. Certificates of deposit may bear a fixed rate of interest or a variable rate of interest based upon a specified market rate.

A banker’s acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank, often in connection with the movement, sale or storage of goods.

The Portfolio expects to invest no more than 5% of its net assets in fixed-income investments of non-insured U.S. banks and U.S. thrift institutions. The risks of investments in non-insured banks and thrifts are individually evaluated since non-insured banks and thrifts are not subject to supervision and examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or a similar regulatory authority. The Portfolio limits its purchases of bank obligations to fixed-income obligations issued by insured U.S. banks and U.S. thrift institutions which are rated B or higher by S&P, Fitch or Moody’s or equivalent by any other NRSRO, or which are not rated but which are determined by the Manager to be of comparable quality. For investments in non-insured foreign banks, the Portfolio limits its purchases to fixed-income obligations issued by foreign banks with a rating of B or higher by S&P, Fitch or Moody’s or equivalent by any other NRSRO or securities which are not rated but which are determined by the Manager to be of comparable quality. Although insured banks are subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC, investments in the Portfolio are not insured.

Convertible Securities

The Portfolio may purchase convertible corporate bonds and preferred stock. These securities may be converted at a stated price (the “conversion price”) into underlying shares of preferred or common stock. Convertible debt securities are typically subordinated to non-convertible securities of the same issuer and are usually callable. Convertible bonds and preferred stocks have many characteristics of non-convertible fixed-income securities. For example, the price of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and increase as interest rates decline. In addition, holders of convertibles usually have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the holders of common stock in case of liquidation.

The unusual feature of a convertible security is that changes in its price can be closely related to changes in the market price of the underlying stock. As the market price of the underlying stock falls below the conversion price, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly like a non-convertible bond. As the market price of the underlying common stock rises above the conversion price, the price of the convertible security may rise accordingly.

Other Securities

It is anticipated that, from time to time, other securities will be developed, and they will be considered as potential investments for the Portfolio, subject to Board guidelines.

Derivatives

The Portfolio may, but is not required to, use derivatives for hedging or risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies. At times, the Portfolio’s exposure to derivatives may be significant. Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. These assets, rates, and indices may include bonds, stocks, mortgages, commodities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, bond indices and stock indices.

 

12


There are four principal types of derivatives – options, futures contracts, forwards contracts and swaps. These principal types of derivative instruments, as well as the methods in which they may be used by the Portfolio are described below. Derivatives include listed and cleared transactions where the Portfolio’s derivative trade counterparty is backed by an exchange or clearinghouse and non-cleared bilateral “over-the-counter” (“OTC”) transactions where the Portfolio’s derivative trade counterparty is a financial institution. Exchange-traded or cleared derivatives transactions tend to be subject to less counterparty credit risk than those that are bilateral and privately negotiated. The Portfolio may use derivatives to earn income and enhance returns, to hedge or adjust the risk profile of a portfolio and either to replace more traditional direct investments or to obtain exposure to otherwise inaccessible markets.

Forward Contracts. A forward contract is a customized, privately negotiated agreement for one party to buy, and the other party to sell, a specific quantity of an underlying commodity or other asset for an agreed-upon price at a future date. A forward contract generally is settled by physical delivery of the commodity or other asset underlying the forward contract to an agreed-upon location at a future date (rather than settled by cash) or will be rolled forward into a new forward contract. Non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”) specify a cash payment upon maturity.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A futures contract is an agreement that obligates the buyer to buy and the seller to sell a specified quantity of an underlying asset (or settle for cash the value of a contract based on an underlying asset, rate or index) at a specific price on the contract maturity date. Options on futures contracts are options that call for the delivery of futures contracts upon exercise. Futures contracts are standardized, exchange-traded instruments and are fungible (i.e., considered to be perfect substitutes for each other). This fungibility allows futures contracts to be readily offset or canceled through the acquisition of equal but opposite positions, which is the primary method in which futures contracts are liquidated. A cash-settled futures contract does not require physical delivery of the underlying asset but instead is settled for cash equal to the difference between the values of the contract on the date it is entered into and its maturity date.

Options. An option, which may be standardized and exchange-traded, or customized and privately negotiated, is an agreement that, for a premium payment or fee, gives the option holder (the buyer) the right but not the obligation to buy (a “call”) or sell (a “put”) the underlying asset (or settle for cash an amount based on an underlying asset, rate or index) at a specified price (the exercise price) during a period of time or on a specified date. Likewise, when an option is exercised the writer of the option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or to purchase (in the case of a put option) the underlying asset (or settle for cash an amount based on an underlying asset, rate or index). Investments in options are considered speculative. The Portfolio may lose the premium paid for them if the price of the underlying security or other asset decreased or remained the same (in the case of a call option) or increased or remained the same (in the case of a put option). If a put or call option purchased by the Portfolio were permitted to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would represent a loss to the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will not write any option if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate value of the Portfolio’s securities subject to outstanding options would exceed 25% of its net assets, except for derivative transactions in respect of foreign currencies.

Swaps. A swap is an agreement that obligates two parties to exchange a series of cash flows at specified intervals (payment dates) based upon or calculated by reference to changes in specified prices or rates (interest rates in the case of interest rate swaps, currency exchange rates in the case of currency swaps) for a specified amount of an underlying asset (the “notional” principal amount). Most swaps are entered into on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). Generally, other than as described below, the notional principal amount is used solely to calculate the payment streams but is not exchanged. Certain standardized swaps, including certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps, among other types of swaps, are subject to mandatory central clearing and trading on a registered electronic facility. Cleared swaps are transacted through futures commission merchants (“FCMs”) that are members of central clearinghouses with the clearinghouse serving as central counterparty, similar to transactions in futures contracts. The Portfolio posts initial and variation margin to support its obligations under cleared swaps by making payments to its clearing member FCMs. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty risks and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not make swap transactions risk free. The SEC may adopt similar clearing requirements in respect of certain security-based swaps. Privately negotiated swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors and are not cleared through a third party.

Risks of Derivatives. Investment techniques employing such derivatives involve risks different from, and, in certain cases, greater than, the risks presented by more traditional investments. Following is a general discussion of important risk factors and issues concerning the use of derivatives.

 

   

Market Risk. This is the general risk attendant to all investments that the value of a particular investment will change in a way detrimental to the Portfolio’s interest.

 

13


   

Management Risk. Derivative products are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with stocks and bonds. The use of a derivative requires an understanding not only of the underlying instrument but also of the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. In particular, the use and complexity of derivatives require the maintenance of adequate controls to monitor the transactions entered into, the ability to assess the risk that a derivative adds to the Portfolio’s investment portfolio, and the ability to forecast price, interest rate or currency exchange rate movements correctly.

 

   

Credit Risk. This is the risk that a loss may be sustained by the Portfolio as a result of the failure of another party to a derivative (usually referred to as a “counterparty”) to comply with the terms of the derivative contract. The credit risk for derivatives traded on an exchange or through a clearinghouse is generally less than for uncleared OTC derivatives, since the exchange or clearinghouse, which is the issuer or counterparty to each derivative, provides a guarantee of performance. This guarantee is supported by a daily payment system (i.e., margin requirements) operated by the clearinghouse in order to reduce overall credit risk. For uncleared OTC derivatives, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. Therefore, the Portfolio considers the creditworthiness of each counterparty to an uncleared OTC derivative in evaluating potential credit risk.

 

   

Illiquidity Risk. Illiquidity risk exists when a particular instrument is difficult to purchase or sell. If a derivative transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many privately negotiated derivatives), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous price.

 

   

Leverage Risk. Since many derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. In the case of swaps, the risk of loss generally is related to a notional principal amount, even if the parties have not made any initial investment. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

 

   

Regulatory Risk. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in July 2010, includes provisions that comprehensively regulate OTC derivatives, such as OTC foreign currency transactions (subject to exemption from the U.S. Department of Treasury of physically-settled forward contracts from many of the requirements), interest rate swaps, swaptions, mortgage swaps, caps, collars and floors, and other OTC derivatives that The Portfolio may employ in the future. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the SEC and the CFTC to mandate that a substantial portion of derivatives must be executed through regulated markets or facilities, and/or be submitted for clearing to regulated clearinghouses (as discussed below, the CFTC has mandated that certain interest rate swaps and index-based credit default swaps must be centrally cleared and traded through a regulated market or facility). Derivatives submitted for central clearing will be subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse. The CFTC and prudential regulators also have imposed variation margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives and are phasing in initial margin requirements for those transactions. The SEC regulations for non-cleared margin requirements for security-based swaps became effective in October 2021. OTC derivatives intermediaries typically demand the unilateral ability to increase a counterparty’s collateral requirements for cleared OTC derivatives beyond any regulatory and clearinghouse minimums. These requirements may increase the amount of collateral the Portfolio is required to provide and the costs associated with OTC derivatives transactions. Regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act are now in effect that require derivatives dealers to post and collect variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to a required haircut) in connection with trading of OTC derivatives with the Portfolio. Shares of investment companies (other than certain money market funds) may not be posted as collateral under these regulations. Requirements for posting of initial margin in connection with OTC derivatives were phased-in through 2021. In addition, regulations adopted by global prudential regulators that are now in effect require certain bank-regulated counterparties and certain of their affiliates to include in certain financial contracts, including many derivatives contracts, terms that delay or restrict the rights of counterparties, such as the Portfolio, to terminate such contracts, foreclose upon collateral, exercise other default rights or restrict transfers of affiliate credit enhancements (such as guarantees) in the event that the bank-regulated counterparty and/or its affiliates are subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. It is possible that these new requirements, as well as potential additional government regulation and other developments in the market, could adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing derivatives agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

As discussed above, OTC derivatives are subject to Credit Risk, whereas the exposure to default for cleared derivatives is assumed by the exchange’s clearinghouse. However, the Portfolio will not face a clearinghouse directly but rather through an OTC derivatives intermediary that is registered with the CFTC or SEC to act as a clearing member. The Portfolio may therefore face the indirect risk of the failure of another clearing member customer to meet its obligations to its clearing member. Such scenario could arise due to a default by the clearing member on its obligations to the clearinghouse, triggered by a customer’s failure to meet its obligations to the clearing member.

 

14


The SEC and CFTC also have required, or may in the future require, a substantial portion of derivative transactions that are currently executed on a bilateral basis in the OTC markets to be executed through a regulated securities, futures or swap exchange or execution facility. Certain CFTC-regulated derivatives are already subject to these rules and the CFTC expects to subject additional OTC derivatives to such trade execution rules in the future. The SEC has adopted similar requirements for the OTC derivatives that it regulates, which became effective in 2021. Such requirements may make it more difficult and costly for the Portfolio to enter into highly tailored or customized transactions. They may also render certain strategies in which the Portfolio might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. If the Portfolio decides to become a direct member of one or more of these exchanges or execution facilities, the Portfolio will be subject to all of the rules of the exchange or execution facility, which would bring additional risks and liabilities, and potential additional regulatory requirements

OTC derivative dealers are currently required to register with the CFTC and are required to register with the SEC with respect to security-based swaps. Dealers are subject to new minimum capital and margin requirements, business conduct standards, disclosure requirements, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, transparency requirements, position limits, limitations on conflicts of interest, and other regulatory burdens. These requirements further increase the overall costs for OTC derivative dealers, which costs may be passed along to the Portfolio as market changes continue to be implemented.

In addition, the CFTC and U.S. commodities exchanges impose limits referred to as “speculative position limits” on the maximum net long or net short speculative positions that any person may hold or control in any particular futures or options contracts traded on U.S. commodities exchanges. For example, the CFTC currently imposes speculative position limits on futures and option contracts on a number of agricultural commodities (e.g., corn, oats, wheat, soybeans and cotton) and U.S. commodities exchanges currently impose speculative position limits on many other commodities. In October 2020, the CFTC adopted new rules regarding speculative position limits, which impose position limits on certain futures and options on futures contracts, as well as physical commodity swaps that are “economically equivalent” to such contracts. The Portfolio could be required to liquidate positions it holds in order to comply with such limits, or may not be able to fully implement trading instructions generated by its trading models, in order to comply with such limits. Any such liquidation or limited

The SEC has adopted Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which governs the use of derivatives and certain other forms of leverage by registered investment companies. Since its compliance date of August 19, 2022, Rule 18f-4 has, among other things, required funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to impose limits based on value-at-risk, or “VaR,” on the amount of derivatives and certain other forms of leverage into which a fund can enter and requires such funds to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager. In addition, Congress, various exchanges and regulatory and self-regulatory authorities have undertaken reviews of futures, options and swaps markets in light of market volatility. Among the actions that have been taken or proposed to be taken are new limits and reporting requirements for speculative positions, new or more stringent daily price fluctuation limits, and increased margin requirements for various types of futures. These regulations and actions may adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to execute its investment strategy.

Recently, the CFTC approved changes to Part 190 of its regulations, which govern bankruptcy proceedings for futures brokers and derivatives clearing organizations. The changes enhance protections available to the Portfolio and its shareholders upon the bankruptcy of such intermediaries, who act in respect to cleared derivatives. These regulations have enhanced the protections available to funds engaged in derivatives transactions but have also increased the costs of engaging in such transactions. The adoption by the CFTC of changes to its Part 190 rules as well as adoption by the SEC of Rule 18f-4 may increase the costs of trading derivatives to the Portfolio.

 

   

Counterparty Risk. The value of an OTC derivative will depend on the ability and willingness of the Portfolio’s counterparty to perform its obligations under the transaction. If the counterparty defaults, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies but may choose not to enforce them to avoid the cost and unpredictability of legal proceedings. In addition, if a counterparty fails to meet its contractual obligations, the Portfolio could miss investment opportunities or otherwise be required to retain investments it would prefer to sell, resulting in losses for the Portfolio. Participants in OTC derivatives markets generally are not subject to the same level of credit evaluation and regulatory oversight as are exchanges or clearinghouses. As a result, OTC derivatives generally expose the Portfolio to greater counterparty risk than derivatives traded on an exchange or through a clearinghouse.

 

15


New regulations affecting derivatives transactions require certain standardized derivatives, including many types of swaps, to be subject to mandatory central clearing and the CFTC and the SEC, as applicable, may in the future require additional types of derivatives to be subject to mandatory clearing. Under these new requirements, a central clearing organization is substituted as the counterparty to each side of the derivatives transaction. Each party to derivatives transactions is required to maintain its positions with a clearing organization through one or more clearing brokers. Central clearing is intended to reduce, but not eliminate, counterparty risk. The Portfolio is subject to the risk that its clearing member or clearing organization will itself be unable to perform its obligations.

 

   

Other Risks. Other risks in using derivatives include the risk of mispricing or improper valuation of derivatives and the inability of derivatives to correlate perfectly with underlying assets, rates and indices. Many derivatives, in particular privately negotiated derivatives, are complex and often valued subjectively. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to the Portfolio. Derivatives do not always perfectly or even highly correlate with or track the value of the assets, rates or indices they are designed to closely track. Consequently, the Portfolio’s use of derivatives may not always be an effective means of, and sometimes could be counterproductive to, furthering the Portfolio’s investment objective.

Other. The Portfolio may purchase and sell derivative instruments only to the extent that such activities are consistent with the requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and the rules adopted by the CFTC thereunder. Under CFTC rules, a registered investment company that conducts more than a certain amount of trading in futures contracts, commodity options, certain swaps and other commodity interests is a commodity pool and its adviser must register as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”). Under such rules, registered investment companies that are commodity pools are subject to additional recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure requirements. An exclusion has been claimed for the Portfolio from the definition of CPO pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 under the CEA and is not subject to these recordkeeping, reporting and disclosure requirements.

Use of Options, Futures Contracts, Forward Contracts and Swaps by the Portfolio

Forward Currency Exchange Contracts

A forward currency exchange contract is an obligation by one party to buy, and the other party to sell, a specific amount of a currency for an agreed-upon price at a future date. A forward currency exchange contract may result in the delivery of the underlying asset upon maturity of the contract in return for the agreed-upon payment. NDFs specify a cash payment upon maturity. NDFs are normally used when the market for physical settlement of the currency is underdeveloped, heavily regulated or highly taxed.

The Portfolio may purchase or sell forward currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes similar to those described below in connection with their transactions in foreign currency futures contracts. The Manager will consider the effect a substantial commitment of assets to forward contracts would have on the investment program of the Portfolio and the flexibility of the Portfolio to purchase additional securities. The Portfolio may also purchase or sell forward currency exchange contracts for non-hedging purposes as a means of making direct investments in foreign currencies, as described below under “Currency Transactions.”

If a hedging transaction in forward currency exchange contracts is successful, the decline in the value of portfolio securities or the increase in the cost of securities to be acquired may be offset, at least in part, by profits on the forward currency exchange contract. Nevertheless, by entering into such forward currency exchange contracts, the Portfolio may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which otherwise could have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

The Portfolio may also use forward currency exchange contracts to seek to increase total return where the Manager anticipates that a foreign currency will appreciate or depreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency are not held by the Portfolio and do not present attractive investment opportunities. For example, the Portfolio may enter into a foreign currency exchange contract to purchase a currency if the Manager expects the currency to increase in value. The Portfolio would recognize a gain if the market value of the currency is more than the contract value of the currency at the time of settlement of the contract. Similarly, the Portfolio may enter into a foreign currency exchange contract to sell a currency if the Manager expects the currency to decrease in value. The Portfolio would recognize a gain if the market value of the currency is less than the contract value of the currency at the time of settlement of the contract.

The cost of engaging in forward currency exchange contracts varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currencies are usually conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. The Portfolio will segregate and mark to market liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Portfolio’s obligations under any forward currency exchange contracts.

 

16


Options on Securities

The Portfolio may write and purchase call and put options on securities. In purchasing an option on securities, the Portfolio would be in a position to realize a gain if, during the option period, the price of the underlying securities increased (in the case of a call) or decreased (in the case of a put) by an amount in excess of the premium paid; otherwise the Portfolio would experience a loss not greater than the premium paid for the option. Thus, the Portfolio would realize a loss if the price of the underlying security declined or remained the same (in the case of a call) or increased or remained the same (in the case of a put) or otherwise did not increase (in the case of a put) or decrease (in the case of a call) by more than the amount of the premium. If a put or call option purchased by the Portfolio were permitted to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would represent a loss to the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities that the Portfolio anticipates purchasing in the future. If such increase occurs, the call option will permit the Portfolio to purchase the securities at the exercise price, or to close out the options at a profit. The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by the Portfolio upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire worthless to the Portfolio and the Portfolio will suffer a loss on the transaction to the extent of the premium paid. Options may also be purchased to alter the effective duration of the Portfolio.

The Portfolio may write a put or call option in return for a premium, which is retained by the Portfolio whether or not the option is exercised. The Portfolio may write (i.e., sell) only covered put and call options (except in respect of currency transactions) on its portfolio securities. These options will generally be sold when the Manager perceives the options to be overpriced. They may also be sold to alter the effective duration of the Portfolio. A call option written by the Portfolio is “covered” if the Portfolio owns the underlying security, has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security upon conversion or exchange of another security it holds, or holds a call option on the underlying security with an exercise price equal to or less than the exercise price of the call option it has written. A put option written by the Portfolio is covered if the Portfolio holds a put option on the underlying securities with an exercise price equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put option it has written. Uncovered options or “naked options” are riskier than covered options. For example, if the Portfolio wrote a naked call option and the price of the underlying security increased, the Portfolio would have to purchase the underlying security for delivery to the call buyer and sustain a loss equal to the difference between the option price and the market price of the security which could potentially be unlimited.

The Portfolio may also, as an example, write combinations of put and call options on the same security, known as “straddles”, with the same exercise and expiration date. By writing a straddle, the Portfolio undertakes a simultaneous obligation to sell and purchase the same security in the event that one of the options is exercised. If the price of the security subsequently rises above the exercise price, the call will likely be exercised and the Portfolio will be required to sell the underlying security at or below market price. This loss may be offset, however, in whole or in part, by the premiums received on the writing of the two options. Conversely, if the price of the security declines by a sufficient amount, the put will likely be exercised. The writing of straddles will likely be effective, therefore, only where the price of the security remains stable and neither the call nor the put is exercised. In those instances where one of the options is exercised, the loss on the purchase or sale of the underlying security may exceed the amount of the premiums received.

By writing a call option, the Portfolio limits its opportunity to profit from any increase in the market value of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option. By writing a put option, the Portfolio assumes the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying security for an exercise price above its then current market value, resulting in a capital loss unless the security subsequently appreciates in value. Where options are written for hedging purposes, such transactions constitute only a partial hedge against declines in the value of portfolio securities or against increases in the value of securities to be acquired, up to the amount of the premium. The Portfolio may purchase put options to hedge against a decline in the value of portfolio securities. If such decline occurs, the put options will permit the Portfolio to sell the securities at the exercise price or to close out the options at a profit. By using put options in this way, the Portfolio will reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized on the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs.

 

17


The Portfolio may purchase or write options on securities of the types in which it is permitted to invest in privately negotiated (i.e., over-the-counter) transactions. The Portfolio will effect such transactions only with investment dealers and other financial institutions (such as commercial banks or savings and loan institutions) deemed creditworthy by the Manager, and the Manager has adopted procedures for monitoring the creditworthiness of such entities. Options purchased or written in negotiated transactions may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities and it may not be possible for the Portfolio to effect a closing transaction at a time when the Manager believes it would be advantageous to do so.

Options on Securities Indexes

An option on a securities index is similar to an option on a security except that, rather than taking or making delivery of a security at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the chosen index is greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option.

The Portfolio may write (sell) call and put options and purchase call and put options on securities indices. If the Portfolio purchases put options on securities indices to hedge its investments against a decline in the value of portfolio securities, it will seek to offset a decline in the value of securities it owns through appreciation of the put option. If the value of the Portfolio’s investments does not decline as anticipated, or if the value of the option does not increase, the Portfolio’s loss will be limited to the premium paid for the option. The success of this strategy will largely depend on the accuracy of the correlation between the changes in value of the index and the changes in value of the Portfolio’s security holdings.

The Portfolio may also write put or call options on securities indices to, among other things, earn income. If the value of the chosen index declines below the exercise price of the put option, the Portfolio has the risk of loss of the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the closing level of the chosen index, which it would be required to pay to the buyer of the put option and which may not be offset by the premium it received upon sale of the put option. Similarly, if the value of the index is higher than the exercise price of the call option, the Portfolio has the risk of loss of the amount of the difference between the exercise price and the closing level of the chosen index, which may not be offset by the premium it received upon sale of the call option. If the decline or increase in the value of the securities index is significantly below or above the exercise price of the written option, the Portfolio could experience a substantial loss.

The purchase of call options on securities indices may be used by the Portfolio to attempt to reduce the risk of missing a broad market advance, or an advance in an industry or market segment, at a time when the Portfolio holds uninvested cash or short-term debt securities awaiting investment. When purchasing call options for this purpose, the Portfolio will also bear the risk of losing all or a portion of the premium paid if the value of the index does not rise. The purchase of call options on stock indices when the Portfolio is substantially fully invested is a form of leverage, up to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs, and involves risks of loss and of increased volatility similar to those involved in purchasing call options on securities the Portfolio owns.

Other Option Strategies

In an effort to earn extra income, to adjust exposure to individual securities or markets, or to protect all or a portion of its portfolio from a decline in value, sometimes within certain ranges, the Portfolio may use option strategies such as the concurrent purchase of a call or put option, including on individual securities and stock indexes, futures contracts (including on individual securities and stock indexes) or shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) at one strike price and the writing of a call or put option on the same individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF at a higher strike price in the case of a call option or at a lower strike price in the case of a put option. The maximum profit from this strategy would result for the call options from an increase in the value of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF above the higher strike price or, for the put options, the decline in the value of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF below the lower strike price. If the price of the individual security, stock index, futures contract or ETF declines in the case of the call option, or increases in the case of the put option, the Portfolio has the risk of losing the entire amount paid for the call or put options.

Options on Foreign Currencies

The Portfolio may purchase and write options on foreign currencies for hedging and non-hedging purposes. For example, a decline in the U.S. Dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. Dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, the Portfolio will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. Dollars and could thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.

 

18


Conversely, where a rise in the U.S. Dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, the Portfolio may purchase call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Portfolio from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Portfolio could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options which would require it to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

The Portfolio may write options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes or in an effort to increase returns. For example, where the Portfolio anticipates a decline in the dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates it could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised, and the diminution in value of portfolio securities could be offset by the amount of the premium received.

Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an anticipated increase in the U.S. Dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency, which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the Portfolio to hedge such increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium, and only if rates move in the expected direction. If this does not occur, the option may be exercised and the Portfolio will be required to purchase or sell the underlying currency at a loss, which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required to forgo all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

In addition to using options for the hedging purposes described above, the Portfolio may also invest in options on foreign currencies for non-hedging purposes as a means of making direct investments in foreign currencies. The Portfolio may use options on currency to seek to increase total return when the Manager anticipates that a foreign currency will appreciate or depreciate in value but securities denominated in that security are not held by the Portfolio and do not present attractive investment opportunities. For example, the Portfolio may purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of a currency. The Portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs. Otherwise, the Portfolio would realize no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option. Put options may be purchased by the Portfolio for the purpose of benefiting from a decline in the value of a currency that the Portfolio does not own. The Portfolio would normally realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs. Otherwise, the Portfolio would realize no gain or loss on the purchase of the put option. For additional information on the use of options on foreign currencies for non-hedging purposes, see “Currency Transactions” below.

Special Risks Associated with Options on Currency. An exchange traded options position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the Portfolio will generally purchase or sell options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. For some options, no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that the Portfolio would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs on the sale of the underlying currency.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Futures contracts that the Portfolio may buy and sell may include futures contracts on fixed-income or other securities, and contracts based on interest rates, foreign currencies or financial indices, including any index of U.S. government securities. The Portfolio may, for example, purchase or sell futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities (through index futures or options) or currencies.

The Portfolio purchases and sells futures contracts only on exchanges where there appears to be a market in the futures sufficiently active to accommodate the volume of trading activity. Options on futures contracts written or purchased by the Portfolio will be traded on exchanges or over-the-counter. The Portfolio may purchase or sell options on futures contracts for hedging or other purposes.

Interest rate futures contracts are purchased or sold for hedging purposes to attempt to protect against the effects of interest rate changes on the Portfolio’s current or intended investments in fixed-income securities. For example, if the Portfolio owned long-term bonds and interest rates were expected to increase, the Portfolio might sell interest rate futures contracts. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling some of the long-term bonds in the Portfolio’s portfolio. However, since the futures market is generally

 

19


more liquid than the cash bond market, the use of interest rate futures contracts as a hedging technique allows the Portfolio to hedge its interest rate risk without having to sell its portfolio securities. If interest rates were to increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the Portfolio’s interest rate futures contracts would be expected to increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the NAV of the Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. On the other hand, if interest rates were expected to decline, interest rate futures contracts could be purchased to hedge in anticipation of subsequent purchases of long-term bonds at higher prices. Because the fluctuations in the value of the interest rate futures contracts should be similar to those of long-term bonds, the Portfolio could protect itself against the effects of the anticipated rise in the value of long-term bonds without actually buying them until the necessary cash becomes available or the market has stabilized. At that time, the interest rate futures contracts could be liquidated and the Portfolio’s cash reserves could then be used to buy long-term bonds on the cash market.

The Portfolio may purchase and sell foreign currency futures contracts for hedging purposes in order to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Such fluctuations could reduce the dollar value of portfolio securities denominated in foreign currencies, or increase the cost of non-U.S. Dollar-denominated securities to be acquired, even if the value of such securities in the currencies in which they are denominated remains constant. The Portfolio may sell futures contracts on a foreign currency, for example, when it holds securities denominated in such currency and it anticipates a decline in the value of such currency relative to the dollar. If such a decline were to occur, the resulting adverse effect on the value of non-U.S. Dollar-denominated securities may be offset, in whole or in part, by gains on the futures contracts. However, if the value of the foreign currency increases relative to the dollar, the Portfolio’s loss on the foreign currency futures contract may or may not be offset by an increase in the value of the securities because a decline in the price of the security stated in terms of the foreign currency may be greater than the increase in value as a result of the change in exchange rates.

Conversely, the Portfolio could protect against a rise in the dollar cost of non-U.S. Dollar-denominated securities to be acquired by purchasing futures contracts on the relevant currency, which could offset, in whole or in part, the increased cost of such securities resulting from a rise in the dollar value of the underlying currencies. When the Portfolio purchases futures contracts under such circumstances, however, and the price in dollars of securities to be acquired instead declines as a result of appreciation of the dollar, the Portfolio will sustain losses on its futures position which could reduce or eliminate the benefits of the reduced cost of portfolio securities to be acquired.

The Portfolio may also engage in currency “cross hedging” when, in the opinion of the Manager, the historical relationship among foreign currencies suggests that the Portfolio may achieve protection against fluctuations in currency exchange rates similar to that described above at a reduced cost through the use of a futures contract relating to a currency other than the U.S. Dollar or the currency in which the foreign security is denominated. Such “cross hedging” is subject to the same risks as those described above with respect to an unanticipated increase or decline in the value of the subject currency relative to the U.S. Dollar.

The Portfolio may also use foreign currency futures contracts and options on such contracts for non-hedging purposes. Similar to options on currencies described above, the Portfolio may use foreign currency futures contracts and options on such contracts to seek to increase total return when the Manager anticipates that a foreign currency will appreciate or depreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency are not held by the Portfolio and do not present attractive investment opportunities. The risks associated with foreign currency futures contracts and options on futures are similar to those associated with options on foreign currencies, as described above. For additional information on the use of options on foreign currencies for non-hedging purposes, see “Currency Transactions” below.

Purchases or sales of stock or bond index futures contracts may be used for investment purposes. They may also be used for hedging or risk management purposes to attempt to protect the Portfolio’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Portfolio may sell stock or bond index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or in part, by gains on the futures position. When the Portfolio is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase stock or bond index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in whole or in part, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Portfolio intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in stock or bond index futures contracts will be closed out.

Options on futures contracts are options that call for the delivery of futures contracts upon exercise. Options on futures contracts written or purchased by the Portfolio will be traded on U.S. exchanges.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities in the Portfolio’s portfolio. If the futures price at expiration of the option is below the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings.

 

20


The writing of a put option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the securities or other instruments required to be delivered under the terms of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the put option is higher than the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities which the Portfolio intends to purchase. If a put or call option the Portfolio has written is exercised, the Portfolio will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its options on futures positions, the Portfolio’s losses from exercised options on futures may to some extent be reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The Portfolio may write (i.e., sell) only covered put and call options on futures contracts. The Portfolio is considered “covered” with respect to a call option it writes on a futures contract if the Portfolio (i) owns a long position in the underlying futures contract; (ii) segregates and maintains with its custodian liquid assets equal in value to the value of the security underlying the futures contract (less any initial margin deposited); (iii) owns a security or currency which is deliverable under the futures contract; or (iv) owns an option to purchase the security, currency or securities index, which is deliverable under the futures contract or owns a call option to purchase the underlying futures contract, in each case at a price no higher than the exercise price of the call option written by the Portfolio, or if higher, the Portfolio deposits and maintains the differential between the two exercise prices in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian. The Portfolio is considered “covered” with respect to a put option it writes on a futures contract if it (i) segregates and maintains with its custodian liquid assets equal in value to the exercise price of the put (less any initial and variation margin deposited); (ii) owns a put option on the security, currency or securities index which is the subject of the futures contract or owns a put option on the futures contract underlying the option, in each case at an exercise price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Portfolio or, if lower, the Portfolio deposits and maintains the differential between the two exercise prices in liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian; or (iii) owns a short position in the underlying futures contract.

The Portfolio may write covered straddles of options on futures. A straddle is a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the requirements, as defined in the preceding paragraph. The Portfolio may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Portfolio will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

If the Manager wishes to shorten the effective duration of the Portfolio, the Manager may sell a futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the Manager wishes to lengthen the effective duration of the Portfolio, the Manager may buy a futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option.

Credit Default Swap Agreements

The “buyer” in a credit default swap contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract in return for a contingent payment upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to an underlying reference obligation. Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or restructuring. The Portfolio may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. As a seller, the Portfolio receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between one month and ten years, provided that no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, the Portfolio typically must pay the contingent payment to the buyer. The contingent payment will be either (i) the “face amount” of the reference obligation in which case the Portfolio will receive the reference obligation in return, or (ii) an amount equal to the difference between the par value and the current market value of the obligation. The value of the reference obligation received by the Portfolio as a seller if a credit event occurs, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. If the Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio will lose its periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer typically receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value.

Credit default swaps may involve greater risks than if the Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly. Credit default swaps are subject to general market risk, illiquidity risk and credit risk.

The Portfolio may enter into a credit default swap that provides for settlement by physical delivery if, at the time of entering into the swap, such delivery would not result in the Portfolio investing more than 20% of its total assets in securities rated lower than A by S&P, Fitch or Moody’s or equivalent by any other NRSRO. A subsequent deterioration of the credit quality of the underlying obligation of the credit default swap will not require the Portfolio to dispose of the swap.

 

21


Currency Swaps

The Portfolio may enter into currency swaps for hedging purposes in an attempt to protect against adverse changes in exchange rates between the U.S. Dollar and other currencies. The Portfolio may also enter into currency swaps for non-hedging purposes as a means of making direct investment in foreign currencies, as described below under “Currency Transactions.” Currency swaps involve the exchange by the Portfolio with another party of a series of payments in specified currencies. Actual principal amounts of currencies may be exchanged by the counterparties at the initiation and again upon termination of the transaction. Since currency swaps are individually negotiated, the Portfolio expects to achieve an acceptable degree of correlation between its portfolio investments and its currency swaps positions. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. The Portfolio will not enter into any currency swap unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated in the highest short-term rating category of at least one nationally recognized rating organization at the time of entering into the transaction. If the creditworthiness of the Portfolio’s counterparty declines, the value of the swap agreement will likely decline, potentially resulting in losses. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transactions.

Swaps: Interest Rate Transactions

The Portfolio may enter into interest rate swap, cap or floor transactions, which may include preserving a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or protecting against an increase in the price of securities the Portfolio anticipates purchasing at a later date. Unless there is a counterparty default, the risk of loss to the Portfolio from interest rate transactions is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty to an interest rate transaction defaults, the Portfolio may lose the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive. The Portfolio also may invest in interest rate transaction futures.

Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Portfolio with another party of payments calculated by reference to specified interest rates (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments) computed based on a contractually-based principal (or “notional”) amount.

An option on a swap agreement, also called a “swaption”, is an option that gives the buyer the right, but not the obligation, to enter into a swap on a future date in exchange for paying a market-based “premium”. A receiver swaption gives the owner the right to receive the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. A payer swaption gives the owner the right to pay the total return of a specified asset, reference rate, or index. Swaptions also include options that allow an existing swap to be terminated or extended by one of the counterparties.

Interest rate caps and floors are similar to options in that the purchase of an interest rate cap or floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds (in the case of a cap) or falls below (in the case of a floor) a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional amount from the party selling the interest rate cap or floor.

It may be more difficult for the Portfolio to trade or close out interest rate caps and floors in comparison to other types of swaps. Caps and floors do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. The Portfolio will enter into bilateral swap agreements, including interest rate swap, swaptions, cap or floor transactions, only with counterparties who have credit ratings of at least A- (or the equivalent) from any one NRSRO or counterparties with guarantors with debt securities having such a rating. With respect to cleared interest rate swaps, the Manager will monitor the creditworthiness of each of the central clearing counterparty, clearing broker and executing broker, but there are no prescribed NRSRO rating requirements for these entities.

The Portfolio expects to enter into these transactions for a variety of reasons, including for hedging purposes, as a duration management technique or to attempt to exploit mispricings in the bond markets.

Inflation (CPI) Swaps

Inflation swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index (the Consumer Price Index with respect to CPI swaps) over the term of the swap (with some lag on the inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used to protect the NAV of the Portfolio against an unexpected change in the rate of inflation measured by an inflation index since the value of these agreements is expected to increase if unexpected inflation increases.

 

22


Total Return Swaps

The Portfolio may enter into total return swaps in order take a “long” or “short” position with respect to an underlying referenced asset. The Portfolio is subject to market price volatility of the underlying referenced asset. A total return swap involves commitments to pay interest in exchange for a market linked return based on a notional amount. To the extent that the total return of the security, group of securities or index underlying the transaction exceeds or falls short of the offsetting interest obligation, the Portfolio will receive a payment from or make a payment to the counterparty.

Special Risks Associated with Swaps. Risks may arise as a result of the failure of the counterparty to a bilateral swap contract to comply with the terms of the swap contract. The loss incurred by the failure of a counterparty is generally limited to the net interim payment to be received by the Portfolio, and/or the termination value at the end of the contract. Therefore, the Portfolio considers the creditworthiness of the counterparty to a bilateral swap contract. The risk is mitigated by having a netting arrangement between the Portfolio and the counterparty and by the posting of collateral by the counterparty to the Portfolio to cover the Portfolio’s exposure to the counterparty. Certain standardized swaps, including certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps, among other types of swaps, are subject to mandatory central clearing and trading on a registered electronic facility. Central clearing is expected, among other things, to reduce counterparty credit risk, but does not eliminate it completely.

Additionally, risks may arise from unanticipated movements in interest rates or in the value of the underlying securities. The Portfolio accrues for the changes in value on swap contracts on a daily basis, with the net amount recorded within unrealized appreciation/depreciation of swap contracts on the statement of assets and liabilities. Once the interim payments are settled in cash, the net amount is recorded as realized gain/(loss) on swaps on the statement of operations, in addition to any realized gain/(loss) recorded upon the termination of swap contracts. Fluctuations in the value of swap contracts are recorded as a component of net change in unrealized appreciation/ depreciation of swap contracts on the statement of operations.

Eurodollar Instruments

Eurodollar instruments are essentially U.S. Dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon that are linked to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), or another reference rate, and are subject to the same limitations and risks as other futures contracts and options. In 2017, the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. As announced by the FCA and LIBOR’s administrator, ICE Benchmark Administration, most LIBOR settings (which reflect LIBOR rates quoted in different currencies over various time periods) have not been published since the end of 2021, but the most widely used U.S. Dollar LIBOR settings are expected to continue to be published until June 30, 2023. However, on December 16 2022, the U.S. Federal Reserve adopted legislation formally identifying benchmark rates based on SOFR that replace U.S. Dollar LIBOR in certain financial contracts after June 30, 2023 and it remains to be seen how quickly market participants will adopt the replacements for U.S. Dollar LIBOR. See “LIBOR Transition and Associated Risk” in the Portfolio’s Prospectus for additional information.

Structured Products

The Portfolio may invest in structured products. Structured products, including indexed or structured securities, combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depositary instrument. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a structured product is tied (either positively or negatively) to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of underlying assets, such as securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by reference to an unrelated benchmark related to an objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities indices. The interest rate or (unlike most fixed-income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a structured product may be increased or decreased depending on changes in the value of the underlying asset or benchmark.

Structured products may take a variety of forms. Most commonly, they are in the form of debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, but may also be issued as preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.

Investing in structured products may be more efficient and less expensive for the Portfolio than investing in the underlying assets or benchmarks and the related derivative. These investments can be used as a means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. In addition, structured products may be a tax-advantaged investment in that they generate income that may be distributed to shareholders as income rather than short-term capital gains that may otherwise result from a derivatives transaction.

 

23


Structured products, however, have more risk than traditional types of debt or other securities. These products may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a structured product or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a structured product could be zero. Structured products are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. The prices of the structured instrument and the benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time. Structured products may be more difficult to trade and price than less complex securities or instruments or more traditional debt securities. The risk of these investments can be substantial with the possibility that the entire principal amount is at risk. The purchase of structured products also exposes the Portfolio to the credit risk of the issuer of the structured product.

Structured Notes and Indexed Securities: The Portfolio may invest in a particular type of structured instrument sometimes referred to as a “structured note”. The terms of these notes may be structured by the issuer and the purchaser of the note. Structured notes are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. The terms of structured notes and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a total loss of invested capital.

Structured notes and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator. Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated indicator. Structured notes or indexed securities also may be more volatile and more difficult to trade and price than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities.

Commodity Index-Linked Notes and Commodity-Linked Notes: Structured products may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These structured notes may include leveraged or unleveraged commodity index-linked notes, which are derivative debt instruments with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the performance of commodity indices. They also include commodity-linked notes with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the value of particular commodities or commodities futures contracts, or a subset of commodities and commodities future contracts. The value of these notes will rise or fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity, commodity futures contract, subset of commodities or commodities futures contracts or commodity index. These notes expose the Portfolio economically to movements in commodity prices. These notes also are subject to risks, such as credit, market and interest rate risks, that in general affect the values of debt securities. In addition, these notes are often leveraged, increasing the volatility of each note’s market value relative to changes in the underlying commodity, commodity futures contract or commodity index. Therefore, the Portfolio might receive interest or principal payments on the note that are determined based upon a specified multiple of the change in value of the underlying commodity, commodity futures contract or index.

Credit-Linked Securities: Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high-yield or other fixed-income markets. For example, the Portfolio may invest in credit-linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to certain high-yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available. Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par value (or other agreed-upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Portfolio would receive as an investor in the trust. The Portfolio’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, and leverage risk and management risk. These securities are generally structured as Rule 144A securities so that they may be freely traded among institutional buyers. However, changes in the market for credit-linked securities or the availability of willing buyers may result in a lack of liquidity for these instruments.

Repurchase Agreements and Buy/Sell Back Transactions

A repurchase agreement is an agreement by which the Portfolio purchases a security and obtains a simultaneous commitment from the seller to repurchase the security at an agreed-upon price and date, normally one day or a week later. The purchase and repurchase obligations are transacted under one document. The resale price is greater than the purchase price, reflecting an agreed-upon “interest rate” that is effective for the period of time the buyer’s money is invested in the security, and which is related to the

 

24


current market rate of the purchased security rather than its coupon rate. During the term of a repurchase agreement, the Portfolio monitors on a daily basis the market value of the securities subject to the agreement and, if the market value of the securities falls below the resale amount provided under the repurchase agreement, the seller under the repurchase agreement is required to provide additional securities or cash equal to the amount by which the market value of the securities falls below the resale amount. Because a repurchase agreement permits the Portfolio to invest temporarily available cash on a fully-collateralized basis, repurchase agreements permit the Portfolio to earn a return on temporarily available cash while retaining “overnight” flexibility in pursuit of investments of a longer-term nature. Repurchase agreements may exhibit the characteristics of loans by the Portfolio.

The obligation of the seller under the repurchase agreement is not guaranteed, and there is a risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the underlying security, whether because of the seller’s bankruptcy or otherwise. In such event, the Portfolio would attempt to exercise its rights with respect to the underlying security, including possible sale of the securities. The Portfolio may incur various expenses in connection with the exercise of its rights and may be subject to various delays and risks of loss, including (a) possible declines in the value of the underlying securities, (b) possible reduction in levels of income and (c) lack of access to the securities (if they are held through a third-party custodian) and possible inability to enforce the Portfolio’s rights. The Fund’s Board has established procedures, which are periodically reviewed by the Board, pursuant to which the Manager monitors the creditworthiness of the dealers with which the Portfolio enters into repurchase agreement transactions.

The Portfolio may enter into buy/sell back transactions, which are similar to repurchase agreements. In this type of transaction, the Portfolio enters a trade to buy securities at one price and simultaneously enters a trade to sell the same securities at another price on a specified date. Similar to a repurchase agreement, the repurchase price is higher than the sale price and reflects current interest rates. Unlike a repurchase agreement, however, the buy/sell back transaction, though done simultaneously, constitutes two separate legal agreements. A buy/sell back transaction also differs from a repurchase agreement in that the seller is not required to provide margin payments if the value of the securities falls below the repurchase price because the transaction constitutes two separate transactions. The Portfolio has the risk of changes in the value of the purchased security during the term of the buy/sell back agreement although these agreements typically provide for the repricing of the original transaction at a new market price if the value of the security changes by a specific amount.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks, broker-dealers and other counterparties from time to time.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve sales by the Portfolio of portfolio assets concurrently with an agreement by the Portfolio to repurchase the same assets at a later date at a fixed price. During the reverse repurchase agreement period, the Portfolio continues to receive principal and interest payments on these securities. Generally, the effect of such a transaction is that the Portfolio can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while it will be able to keep the interest income associated with those portfolio securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the interest cost to the Portfolio of the reverse repurchase transaction is less than the cost of otherwise obtaining the cash.

Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be a loan to the Portfolio by the counterparty, collateralized by the assets subject to repurchase because the incidents of ownership are retained by the Portfolio. By entering into reverse repurchase agreements, the Portfolio obtains additional cash to invest in other securities. The Portfolio may use reverse repurchase agreements for borrowing purposes as an alternative to bank borrowing. Reverse repurchase agreements create leverage and are speculative transactions because they allow the Portfolio to achieve a return on a larger capital base relative to its NAV. The use of leverage creates the opportunity for increased income for the Portfolio’s shareholders when the Portfolio achieves a higher rate of return on the investment of the reverse repurchase agreement proceeds than it pays in interest on the reverse repurchase transactions. However, there is the risk that returns could be reduced if the rates of interest on the investment proceeds do not exceed the interest paid by the Portfolio on the reverse repurchase transactions. Whenever the Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will either (i) comply with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act and combine the aggregate amount of indebtedness associated with all reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other securities representing indebtedness when calculating the Portfolio’s asset coverage ratio, or (ii) treat the reverse repurchase agreement as a derivatives transaction for purposes of Rule 18f-4, including, as applicable, the value-at-risk based limit on leverage risk.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Portfolio’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Portfolio’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

 

25


Currency Transactions

The Portfolio may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and a corresponding portion of the Portfolio’s revenues will be received in such currencies. In addition, the Portfolio may conduct foreign currency transactions for hedging and non-hedging purposes on a spot (i.e., cash) basis or through the use of derivatives transactions, such as forward currency exchange contracts, currency futures and options thereon, and options on currencies as described above. The U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Portfolio’s net assets and distributions will be adversely affected by reductions in the value of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar. Such changes will also affect the Portfolio’s income. The Portfolio will, however, have the ability to attempt to protect itself against adverse changes in the values of foreign currencies by engaging in certain of the investment practices listed above. While the Portfolio has this ability, there is no certainty as to whether and to what extent the Portfolio will engage in these practices.

Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time causing, along with other factors, the Portfolio’s NAV to fluctuate. Currency exchange rates generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by the intervention of U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent the Portfolio’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Portfolio’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Portfolio will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

The Portfolio will incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The Portfolio may hold foreign currency received in connection with investments when, in the judgment of the Manager, it would be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S. Dollars at a later date, based on anticipated changes in the relevant exchange rate. If the value of the foreign currencies in which the Portfolio receives its income falls relative to the U.S. Dollar between receipt of the income and the making of Portfolio distributions, the Portfolio may be required to liquidate securities in order to make distributions if the Portfolio has insufficient cash in U.S. Dollars to meet the distribution requirements that the Portfolio must satisfy to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Similarly, if the value of a particular foreign currency declines between the time the Portfolio incurs expenses in U.S. Dollars and the time cash expenses are paid, the amount of the currency required to be converted into U.S. Dollars in order to pay expenses in U.S. Dollars could be greater than the equivalent amount of such expenses in the currency at the time they were incurred. In light of these risks, the Portfolio may engage in certain currency hedging transactions, which themselves involve certain special risks.

At the maturity of a forward contract, the Portfolio may either sell the portfolio security and make delivery of the foreign currency, or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an offsetting contract obligating it to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency. Alternatively, the Portfolio may enter into a forward contract which provides for settlement by one party making a single one-way payment to the other party in the amount of the difference between the contracted forward rate and the current spot reference rate. The currency used for settlement may be one of the transaction currencies or a base currency, such as U.S. Dollars.

It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of portfolio securities at the expiration of the forward contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Portfolio to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver.

If the Portfolio retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Portfolio will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Portfolio engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices decline during the period between the Portfolio’s entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign security, the Portfolio will realize a gain to the extent the price at which it has agreed to sell exceeds the price at which it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the Portfolio will suffer a loss to the extent of the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

The Portfolio reserves the right to enter into forward foreign currency contracts for different purposes and under different circumstances than those described above. Of course, the Portfolio is not required to enter into forward contracts with regard to their foreign currency-denominated securities and will not do so unless deemed appropriate by the Manager. It also should be realized that this method of hedging against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange at a future date. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of that currency.

 

26


The Portfolio does not intend to convert any holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. Dollars on a daily basis. The Portfolio may do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Portfolio at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

There is no assurance that a forward contract counterparty will be able to meet its obligations under the forward contract or that, in the event of default by the counterparty the Portfolio will succeed in pursuing contractual remedies. The Portfolio assumes the risk that it may be delayed in or prevented from obtaining payments owed to them pursuant to the contractual agreements entered into in connection with a forward contract.

Dollar Rolls

The Portfolio may enter into dollar rolls. Dollar rolls involve sales by the Portfolio of securities for delivery in the current month and the Portfolio’s simultaneously contracting to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid on the securities. The Portfolio is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The Portfolio may also enter into a type of dollar roll known as a “fee roll.” In a fee roll, the Portfolio is compensated for entering into the fee roll by “fee income,” which is received when the Portfolio enters into the commitment. Such fee income is recorded as deferred income and accrued by the Portfolio over the roll period. Dollar rolls may be considered to be borrowings by the Portfolio. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

The Portfolio may purchase securities offered on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within two months after the transaction, but delayed settlements beyond two months may be negotiated. During the period between a commitment by the Portfolio and settlement, no payment is made for the securities purchased by the purchaser, and, thus, no interest accrues to the purchaser from the transaction. The use of when-issued transactions and forward commitments enables the Portfolio to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling bond prices, the Portfolio might sell securities which it owned on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling bond prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising bond prices, the Portfolio might sell a security held by the Portfolio and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher cash yields. However, if the Manager were to forecast incorrectly the direction of interest rate movements, the Portfolio might be required to complete such when-issued or forward transactions at prices less favorable than the current market value.

When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Portfolio enters into when-issued and forward commitment transactions only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. At the time the Portfolio makes the commitment to purchase or sell a security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it records the transaction and reflects the value of the security purchased or, if a sale, the proceeds to be received, in determining its NAV. To facilitate these transactions, the Fund’s custodian bank will maintain, in a separate account of the Fund, liquid assets having value equal to, or greater than, any commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and, with respect to forward commitments to sell portfolio securities of the Portfolio, the portfolio securities themselves. If the Portfolio, however, chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or dispose of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it can incur a gain or loss. When-issued securities may include bonds purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis under which the issuance of the securities depends upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a proposed financing by appropriate municipal authorities.

If the Portfolio is fully or almost fully invested with “when-issued” or “forward commitment” transactions, the transactions may result in a form of leveraging. Leveraging the Portfolio in this manner may increase the volatility of the Portfolio’s NAV.

Forward commitments include “to be announced” (“TBA”) mortgage-backed securities, which are contracts for the purchase or sale of mortgage-backed securities to be delivered at a future agreed-upon date, whereby the specific mortgage pool numbers or the number of pools that will be delivered to fulfill the trade obligation or terms of the contract are unknown at the time of the trade. Subsequent to the time of the trade, a mortgage pool or pools guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA, or FHLMC (including fixed rate or variable rate mortgages) are allocated to the TBA mortgage-backed securities transactions.

 

27


At the time the Portfolio intends to enter into a forward commitment, it will record the transaction and thereafter reflect the value of the security purchased or, if a sale, the proceeds to be received, in determining its NAV. Any unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflected in such valuation of a “when, as and if issued” security would be canceled in the event that the required conditions did not occur and the trade was canceled.

Purchases of securities on a forward commitment or when-issued basis may involve more risk than other types of purchases. For example, by committing to purchase securities in the future, the Portfolio subjects itself to a risk of loss on such commitments as well as on its portfolio securities. Also, the Portfolio may have to sell assets which have been set aside in order to meet redemptions. In addition, if the Portfolio determines it is advisable as a matter of investment strategy to sell the forward commitment or “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” securities before delivery, the Portfolio may incur a gain or loss because of market fluctuations since the time the commitment to purchase such securities was made. Any such gain or loss would be treated as a capital gain or loss for tax purposes. When the time comes to pay for the securities to be purchased under a forward commitment or on a “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, the Portfolio will meet its obligations from the then available cash flow or the sale of securities, or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the forward commitment or “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” securities themselves (which may have a value greater or less than the Portfolio’s payment obligation). No interest or dividends accrue to the purchaser prior to the settlement date for securities purchased or sold under a forward commitment. In addition, in the event the other party to the transaction files for bankruptcy, becomes insolvent, or defaults on its obligation, the Portfolio may be adversely affected.

Investments in Other Investment Companies

The Portfolio may invest in shares of ETFs, subject to the restrictions and limitations of the 1940 Act, or any applicable rules, exemptive orders or regulatory guidance thereunder. ETFs are pooled investment vehicles, which may be managed or unmanaged, that generally seek to track the performance of a specific index. ETFs will not track their underlying indices precisely since the ETFs have expenses and may need to hold a portion of their assets in cash, unlike the underlying indices, and the ETFs may not invest in all of the securities in the underlying indices in the same proportion as the indices for various reasons. The Portfolio will incur transaction costs when buying and selling ETF shares, and indirectly bear the expenses of the ETFs. In addition, the market value of an ETF’s shares, which is based on supply and demand in the market for the ETF’s shares, may differ from its NAV. Accordingly, there may be times when an ETF’s shares trade at a discount to its NAV.

The Portfolio may invest in other investment companies as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. The Portfolio intends to invest uninvested cash balances in an affiliated money market fund as permitted by Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act. If the Portfolio acquires shares in investment companies, shareholders would bear indirectly, the expenses of such investment companies (which may include management and advisory fees), which, to the extent not waived or reimbursed, would be in addition to the Portfolio’s expenses. The Portfolio’s investment in other investment companies, including ETFs, subjects the Portfolio indirectly to the underlying risks of those investment companies.

Special Risk Considerations for Lower-Rated Securities

Securities that are rated Ba by Moody’s, BB by S&P or Fitch, or are equivalently rated by any other NRSRO are considered to have speculative characteristics. Sustained periods of deteriorating economic conditions or rising interest rates are more likely to lead to a weakening in the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal than in the case of higher-rated securities. Securities rated below investment grade, i.e., rated Ba and lower by Moody’s, BB and lower by S&P Global and Fitch, or equivalently rated by any other NRSRO (“lower-rated securities”) are subject to greater risk of loss of principal and interest than higher-rated securities and are considered to be predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, which may in any case decline during sustained periods of deteriorating economic conditions or rising interest rates. They are also generally considered to be subject to greater market risk than higher-rated securities in times of deteriorating economic conditions. In addition, lower-rated securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities.

The market for lower-rated securities may be thinner and less active than that for higher-quality securities, which can adversely affect the prices at which these securities can be sold. To the extent that there is no established secondary market for lower-rated securities, the Portfolio may experience difficulty in valuing such securities and, in turn, the Portfolio’s assets. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions about lower-rated securities, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may tend to decrease the market value and liquidity of such lower-rated securities.

 

28


The ratings of fixed-income securities by certain NRSROs are a generally accepted barometer of credit risk. They are, however, subject to certain limitations from an investor’s standpoint. The rating of an issuer is heavily weighted by past developments and does not necessarily reflect probable future conditions. There is frequently a lag between the time a rating is assigned and the time it is updated. In addition, there may be varying degrees of differences in credit risk of securities within each rating category. See Appendix A for a description of the ratings of certain NRSRO.

Unless otherwise indicated, references to securities ratings by one NRSRO in this SAI shall include the equivalent rating by another NRSRO.

The Manager will try to reduce the risk of investment in lower-rated securities through credit analysis, attention to current developments and trends in interest rates and economic conditions. However, there can be no assurance that losses will not occur. Since the risk of default is higher for lower-quality securities, the Manager’s research and credit analysis are a correspondingly important aspect of its program for managing the Portfolio’s securities. In considering investments for the Portfolio, the Manager will attempt to identify those high-risk, high-yield securities whose financial condition is adequate to meet future obligations, has improved or is expected to improve in the future. The Manager’s analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as interest coverage, financial prospects, and the strength of the issuer.

Non-rated fixed-income securities will also be considered for investment by the Portfolio when the Manager believes that the financial condition of the issuers of such obligations and the protection afforded by the terms of the obligations themselves limit the risk to the Portfolio to a degree comparable to that of rated securities which are consistent with the Portfolio’s objective and policies.

In seeking to achieve the Portfolio’s objective, there will be times, such as during periods of rising interest rates, when depreciation and realization of capital losses on securities in the portfolio will be unavoidable. Moreover, medium-and lower-rated securities and non-rated securities of comparable quality may be subject to wider fluctuations in yield and market values than higher-rated securities under certain market conditions. Such fluctuations after a security is acquired do not affect the cash income received from that security but are reflected in the NAV of the Portfolio.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The Portfolio may seek to increase income by lending portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial institutions (“borrowers”) to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder (as such statute, rules, or regulations may be amended from time to time) or by guidance regarding, interpretations of, or exemptive orders under, the 1940 Act. Generally, under the Portfolio’s securities lending program, all securities loans will be secured continuously by cash collateral and/or non-cash collateral. Non-cash collateral will include only securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Principal risks of lending portfolio securities includes that the borrower will fail to return the loaned securities upon termination of the loan and, that the collateral will not be sufficient to replace the loaned securities upon the borrower’s default.

In determining whether to lend securities to a particular borrower, the Manager (subject to oversight by the Board) will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The loans will be made only to borrowers deemed by the Manager to be creditworthy and when, in the judgment of the Manager, the consideration that can be earned currently from securities loans of this type justifies the attendant risk. If a loan is collateralized by cash, the Portfolio will be compensated for the loan from a portion of the net return from the interest earned on cash collateral after a rebate paid to the borrower (in some cases, this rebate may be a negative rebate”, or fee paid by the borrower to the Portfolio in connection with the loan) . If the Portfolio receives non-cash collateral, the Portfolio will receive a fee from the borrower generally equal to a negotiated percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. For its services, the securities lending agent receives a fee from the Portfolio.

The Portfolio will have the right to call a loan and obtain the securities loaned on notice to the borrower within the normal and customary settlement time for the securities. While securities are on loan, the borrower is obligated to pay the Portfolio amounts equal to any income or other distribution from the securities.

The Portfolio will invest any cash collateral in shares of a money market fund approved by the Board and expected to be managed by the Manager. Any such investment will be at the Portfolio’s risk. The Portfolio may pay reasonable finders’, administrative, and custodial fees in connection with a loan.

The Portfolio will not have the right to vote any securities during the existence of a loan , but will have the right to recall loaned securities in order to exercise voting or other ownership rights. When the Portfolio lends its securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of securities loaned.

 

29


The Portfolio did not engage in securities lending and therefore had no income and fees or compensation related to its securities lending activities during the most recent fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.

Event-Linked Securities

Event-linked securities are variable rate or fixed-rate fixed income securities or types of equity securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of various catastrophe exposures, which may be specific trigger events or a diversified group of events, such as hurricanes, typhoons, wind events, fires or earthquakes. The most common type of fixed-income securities are known as “catastrophe” or “CAT” bonds. In some cases, the trigger event(s) will not be deemed to have occurred unless the event(s) happened in a particular geographic area and was of a certain magnitude (based on independent scientific readings) or caused a certain amount of actual or modeled loss. If the trigger event(s) occurs prior to the securities’ maturity, the Portfolio may lose all or a portion of its principal and forgo additional interest.

These securities may have a special condition that states that if the issuer (i.e., an insurance or reinsurance company) suffers a loss from a particular pre-defined catastrophe, then the issuer’s obligation to pay interest and/or repay the principal is either deferred or completely forgiven. For example, if the Portfolio holds a fixed-income security that covers an insurer’s losses due to a hurricane with a “trigger” at $1 billion and a hurricane hits causing $1 billion or more in losses to such insurer, then the Portfolio will lose all or a portion of its principal invested in the security and forgo any future interest payments. If the trigger event(s) does not occur, the Portfolio will be entitled to recover its principal plus interest. Interest typically accrues and is paid on a quarterly basis. Although principal typically is repaid only on the maturity date, it may be repaid in installments, depending on the terms of the securities.

Event-linked securities may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose companies or other on-shore or off-shore entities. Event-linked securities are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As a result, there is no significant trading history of these securities and these securities may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities or the markets for these instruments may not be liquid at all times. These securities may be rated, generally below investment grade or the unrated equivalent, and have the same or equivalent risks as higher yield debt securities (“junk bonds”). The rating primarily reflects the NRSRO’s calculated probability that a pre-defined trigger event will occur as well as the overall expected loss to the principal of the security.

Illiquid Securities

The Portfolio must limit its investments in illiquid securities to 15% of its net assets at the time of investment. Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) defines the term “illiquid securities” for this purpose to mean securities or investments that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

If the Portfolio invests in illiquid securities, the Portfolio may not be able to sell such securities and may not be able to realize their full value upon sale. Restricted securities (securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale) may be illiquid. Some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”) or certain commercial paper) may be more difficult to trade or dispose of than other types of securities.

As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Fund has implemented the Portfolio’s liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”), including classifying each investment as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Board, including a majority of the Independent Directors (as defined below), has appointed an administrator of the Liquidity Program.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Manager. AllianceBernstein L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, with principal offices at 501 Commerce Street, Nashville, TN 37203, has entered into an advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”), on behalf of the Portfolio, pursuant to which the Manager acts as investment manager for the Portfolio.

The Manager is a leading global investment management firm supervising client accounts with assets as of September 30, 2022, totaling approximately $613 billion. The Manager provides management services for many of the largest U.S. public and private employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations, public employee retirement funds, banks, insurance companies and high net worth individuals worldwide.

 

30


As of September 30, 2022, the ownership structure of the Manager, expressed as a percentage of general and limited partnership interests, was as follows:

 

Equitable Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries

     62.8

AllianceBernstein Holding L.P.

     36.5

Unaffiliated holders

     0.7
  

 

 

 
     100
  

 

 

 

Equitable Holdings, Inc. (formerly AXA Equitable Holdings, Inc.) (“EQH”) is a leading financial services company in the U.S. and is comprised of two well-established principal franchises, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and AllianceBernstein.

As of September 30, 2022, EQH owned approximately 4.0% of the issued and outstanding units representing assignments of beneficial ownership of limited partnership interests in AllianceBernstein Holding L.P. (“AB Holding”). AllianceBernstein Corporation (an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of EQH, “GP”) is the general partner of both AB Holding and the Manager. The GP owns 100,000 general partnership units in AB Holding and a 1% general partnership interest in the Manager.

Including both the general partnership and limited partnership interests in AB Holding and the Manager, EQH and its subsidiaries have an approximate 64.3% economic interest in the Manager as of September 30, 2022.

During the second quarter of 2018, AXA S.A. (“AXA”), a French holding company for the AXA Group, completed the sale of a minority stake in EQH through an initial public offering. Since the initial sale, AXA has completed additional offerings (and related transactions). As a result, as of May 20, 2021, AXA no longer owns shares of EQH.

Sales that were completed on November 13, 2019 resulted in the indirect transfer of a “controlling block” of voting securities of the Adviser (a “Change of Control Event”) and may have been deemed to have been an “assignment” causing a termination of the Funds’ investment advisory agreements. In order to ensure that investment advisory services could continue uninterrupted in the event of a Change of Control Event, the Boards previously approved new investment advisory agreements with the Adviser, and shareholders of the Funds subsequently approved the new investment advisory agreements. These agreements became effective on November 13, 2019.

Subject to the general oversight of the Board, and in conformity with the stated policies of the Portfolio, the Manager manages the investment of the Portfolio’s assets. The Manager makes investment decisions for the Portfolio and places purchase and sale orders. The services of the Manager are not exclusive under the terms of the Advisory Agreement; the Manager is free to render similar services to others.

The Manager is, under the Advisory Agreement, responsible for certain expenses incurred by the Fund, including, for example, office space and certain other equipment, investment advisory and administrative services, and any expenses incurred in promoting the sale of Portfolio shares (other than the costs of printing Fund prospectuses and other reports to shareholders and fees related to registration with the SEC and with state regulatory authorities).

The Fund has under the Advisory Agreement assumed the obligation for payment of all of its other expenses. As to the obtaining of services other than those specifically provided to the Portfolio by the Manager, the Portfolio may employ its own personnel. The Advisory Agreement provides for reimbursement to the Manager of the costs of certain non-advisory services provided to the Portfolio. Costs currently reimbursed include the costs of the Manager’s personnel performing certain administrative services for the Portfolio, including clerical, accounting, legal and other services (“administrative services”), and associated overhead costs, such as office space, supplies and information technology. The administrative services are provided to the Portfolio on a full-costed basis (i.e., includes each person’s total compensation and a factor reflecting the Manager’s total cost relating to that person, including all related overhead expenses). The reimbursement of these costs to the Manager will be specifically approved by the Board. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the Portfolio paid the Manager in respect of such services $108,481.

Expense Limitations. The Manager has contractually agreed from the effective date of the Portfolio’s Prospectus to the effective date of the subsequent Prospectus incorporating the Portfolio’s annual financial statements (the “Period”) to waive its fee and/or bear certain expenses so that total operational expenses excluding interest expense, do not exceed on an annual basis 0.45%. This fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement agreement automatically extends each year unless the Manager provides notice 60 days prior to the end of the Period.

 

31


The Fund has, under the Advisory Agreement, assumed the obligation for payment of all of its other expenses. As to the obtaining of services other than those specifically provided to the Portfolio by the Manager, the Fund may utilize personnel employed by the Manager or affiliates of the Manager. In such event, the services will be provided to the Fund at cost and the payments specifically approved by the Board. The Fund may employ its own personnel or contract for services to be performed by third parties.

The Portfolio pays the Manager for the services performed on behalf of the Portfolio, as well as for the services performed on behalf of the Fund as a whole. The fee payable by the Portfolio is at an annual rate of 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets up to and including $2.5 billion, an annual rate of 0.40% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $2.5 billion and up to and including $5 billion, an annual rate of 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $5 billion and up to and including $8 billion and an annual rate of 0.30% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $8 billion. Prior to January 29, 2018, the fee payable by the Portfolio was at an annual rate of 0.50% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets up to and including $1 billion and an annual rate of 0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, the investment management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Manager were $3,674,397 (of which $568,327 was waived by the Manager due to the expense limitation agreement). For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, the investment management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Manager were $4,335,894 (of which $630,671 was waived by the Manager due to the expense limitation agreement). For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, the investment management fees paid by the Portfolio to the Manager were $3,839,602 (of which $532,011 was waived by the Manager due to the expense limitation agreement).

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Manager shall not be liable to the Fund or the Portfolio for any error of judgment by the Manager or for any event whatsoever, except for lack of good faith, except in the case of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

The Advisory Agreement provides that if at any time the Manager shall cease to act as investment manager to the Portfolio or to the Fund, the Fund shall take all steps necessary under corporate law to change its corporate name to delete the reference to the Manager or Sanford C. Bernstein.

The Advisory Agreement provides that it will terminate automatically if assigned and that it may be terminated without penalty by the Portfolio (by vote of the directors or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio) on not less than 60 days’ written notice to the Manager. The Advisory Agreement continues in effect with respect to the Portfolio so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in the manner required by the 1940 Act. Most recently, continuance of the Advisory Agreement for an additional annual term was approved by a vote of the Board, including a majority of the Directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party, at meetings held on November 1-3, 2022.

The Manager acts as an investment adviser to other persons, firms or corporations, including investment companies, and is the investment adviser to AB Active ETFs, Inc., AB Bond Fund, Inc., AB Cap Fund, Inc., AB Corporate Shares, AB Core Opportunities Fund, Inc., AB Discovery Growth Fund, Inc., AB Equity Income Fund, Inc., AB Fixed-Income Shares, Inc., AB Global Bond Fund, Inc., AB Global Real Estate Investment Fund, Inc., AB Global Risk Allocation Fund, Inc., AB High Income Fund, Inc., AB Institutional Funds, Inc., AB Large Cap Growth Fund, Inc., AB Municipal Income Fund, Inc., AB Municipal Income Fund II, AB Relative Value Fund, Inc., AB Sustainable Global Thematic Fund, Inc., AB Sustainable International Thematic Fund, Inc., AB Trust, AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc., Bernstein Fund, Inc. Sanford C. Bernstein Fund, Inc., Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc. and The AB Portfolios, all registered open-end investment companies; and to AllianceBernstein Global High Income Fund, Inc., AB Multi-Manager Alternative Fund and AllianceBernstein National Municipal Income Fund, Inc., all registered closed-end investment companies. The registered investment companies for which the Manager serves as investment adviser are referred to herein as the “AB Fund Complex” while all of these investment companies, except Bernstein Fund, Inc., Sanford C. Bernstein Fund, Inc., and AB Multi-Manager Alternative Fund, are referred to collectively below as the “AB Funds”.

 

32


DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

The following table lists the directors and executive officers of the Fund, their business addresses and their principal occupations during the past five years.

 

NAME, ADDRESS,* AGE AND YEAR

FIRST ELECTED**

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS AND
OTHER INFORMATION

  

PORTFOLIOS IN AB FUND
COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY
DIRECTOR

  

OTHER PUBLIC
COMPANY
DIRECTORSHIPS
CURRENTLY HELD BY
DIRECTOR

             

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Garry L. Moody†

Chairman of the Board
70
(2008)

   Private Investor since prior to 2018. Formerly, Partner, Deloitte & Touche LLP (1995-2008) where he held a number of senior positions, including Vice Chairman, and U.S. and Global Investment Management Practice Managing Partner; President, Fidelity Accounting and Custody Services Company (1993-1995), where he was responsible for accounting, pricing, custody and reporting for the Fidelity mutual funds; and Partner, Ernst & Young LLP (1975-1993), where he served as the National Director of Mutual Fund Tax Services and Managing Partner of its Chicago Office Tax department. He is a member of the Investment Company Institute’s Board of Governors and the Independent Directors Council’s Governing Council, where he serves as Chairman of its Governance Committee. He is Chairman of the AB Funds and Chairman of the Independent Directors Committee since January 2023 and he has served as a director or trustee, and as Chairman of the Audit Committees, of the AB Funds since 2008.    75    None
Jorge A. Bermudez†
71
(2020)
   Private Investor since prior to 2018. Former Chief Risk Officer of Citigroup, Inc., a global financial services company, from November 2007 to March 2008, Chief Executive Officer of Citigroup’s Commercial Business Group in North America and Citibank Texas from 2005 to 2007, and a variety of other executive and leadership roles at various    75    Moody’s Corporation since April 2011 and Chair of its Audit Committee since December 2022

 

33


NAME, ADDRESS,* AGE AND YEAR

FIRST ELECTED**

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS AND
OTHER INFORMATION

  

PORTFOLIOS IN AB FUND
COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY
DIRECTOR

  

OTHER PUBLIC
COMPANY
DIRECTORSHIPS
CURRENTLY HELD BY
DIRECTOR

   businesses within Citigroup prior to then; Chairman (2018) of the Texas A&M Foundation Board of Trustees (Trustee since 2013) and Chairman of the Smart Grid Center Board at Texas A&M University since 2012; director of, among others, Citibank N.A from 2005 to 2008, the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, Houston Branch from 2009 to 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas from 2011 to 2017, and the Electric Reliability Council of Texas from 2010 to 2016. He has served as director or trustee of the AB Funds since January 2020.      
Michael J. Downey,†
78
(2005)
   Private Investor since prior to 2018. Formerly, Chairman of The Asia Pacific Fund, Inc. (registered investment company) since prior to 2018 until January 2019. From 1987 until 1993, Chairman and CEO of Prudential Mutual Fund Management, director of the Prudential mutual funds, and member of the Executive Committee of Prudential Securities, Inc. He has served as a director or trustee of the AB Funds since 2005.    75    None
Nancy P. Jacklin,†
74
(2006)
   Private Investor since prior to 2018. Professorial Lecturer at the Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies (2008-2015). U.S. Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund (which is responsible for ensuring the stability of the international monetary system), (December 2002-May 2006); Partner, Clifford Chance (1992-2002); Sector Counsel, International Banking and Finance, and Associate General Counsel, Citicorp (1985-1992); Assistant General Counsel (International), Federal Reserve Board of Governors (1982-1985); and Attorney Advisor, U.S.    75    None

 

34


NAME, ADDRESS,* AGE AND YEAR

FIRST ELECTED**

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS AND
OTHER INFORMATION

  

PORTFOLIOS IN AB FUND
COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY
DIRECTOR

  

OTHER PUBLIC
COMPANY
DIRECTORSHIPS
CURRENTLY HELD BY
DIRECTOR

   Department of the Treasury (1973-1982). Member of the Bar of the District of Columbia and of New York; and member of the Council on Foreign Relations. She has served as a director or trustee of the AB Funds since 2006 and has been Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committees of the AB Funds since August 2014.      

Jeanette W. Loeb,†

70

(2020)

   Chief Executive Officer of PetCareRx (e-commerce pet pharmacy) from 2002 to 2011 and 2015 to present. Director of New York City Center since 2005. She was a director of AB Multi-Manager Alternative Fund, Inc. (fund of hedge funds) from 2012 to 2018. Formerly, affiliated with Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (financial services) from 1977 to 1994, including as a partner thereof from 1986 to 1994. She has served as director or trustee of the AB Funds since April 2020.    75    Apollo Investment Corp. (business development company) since August 2011
Carol C. McMullen,†
67
(2016)
   Managing Director of Slalom Consulting (consulting) since 2014, private investor and a member of the Advisory Board of Butcher Box (since 2018). Formerly, member, Partners Healthcare Investment Committee (2010-2019); Director of Norfolk & Dedham Group (mutual property and casualty insurance) from 2011 until November 2016; Director of Partners Community Physicians Organization (healthcare) from 2014 until December 2016; and Managing Director of The Crossland Group (consulting) from 2012 until 2013. She has held a number of senior positions in the asset and wealth management industries, including at Eastern Bank (where her roles included President of Eastern Wealth    75    None

 

35


NAME, ADDRESS,* AGE AND YEAR

FIRST ELECTED**

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS AND
OTHER INFORMATION

  

PORTFOLIOS IN AB FUND
COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY
DIRECTOR

  

OTHER PUBLIC
COMPANY
DIRECTORSHIPS
CURRENTLY HELD BY
DIRECTOR

   Management), Thomson Financial (Global Head of Sales for Investment Management), and Putnam Investments (where her roles included Chief Investment Officer, Core and Growth and Head of Global Investment Research). She has served on a number of private company and non-profit boards, and as a director or trustee of the AB Funds since June 2016.      
Marshall C. Turner, Jr.,†
81
(2005)
   Private Investor since prior to 2018. Former Chairman and CEO of Dupont Photomasks, Inc. (semi-conductor manufacturing equipment). He was a Director of Xilinx, Inc. (programmable logic semi-conductors and adaptable, intelligent computing) from 2007 through August 2020, and is a former director of 33 other companies and organizations. He has extensive operating leadership and venture capital investing experience, including five interim or full-time CEO roles, and prior service as general partner of institutional venture capital partnerships. He also has extensive non-profit board leadership experience, and currently serves on the board of the George Lucas Educational Foundation. He has served as a director of one AB Fund since 1992, and director or trustee of all AB Funds since 2005. He served as both Chairman of the AB Funds and Chairman of the Independent Directors Committees from 2014 through December 2022.    75    None
INTERESTED DIRECTOR

Onur Erzan,+

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10105

46

(2021)

   Senior Vice President of the Manager, Head of Global Client Group and Head of Private Wealth. He oversees the Manager’s entire private wealth management business and third party institutional and retail franchise, where he is responsible for all client    75    None

 

36


NAME, ADDRESS,* AGE AND YEAR

FIRST ELECTED**

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
DURING PAST FIVE YEARS AND
OTHER INFORMATION

  

PORTFOLIOS IN AB FUND
COMPLEX OVERSEEN BY
DIRECTOR

  

OTHER PUBLIC
COMPANY
DIRECTORSHIPS
CURRENTLY HELD BY
DIRECTOR

   services, sales and marketing, as well as product strategy, management and development worldwide. Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of the AB Mutual Funds as of April 1, 2021. He is also a member of the Equitable Holdings Management Committee. Prior to joining the firm in January 2021, he spent over 19 years with McKinsey, most recently as a senior partner and co-leader of its Wealth & Asset Management practice. In addition, he co-led McKinsey’s Banking & Securities Solutions (a portfolio of data, analytics, and digital assets and capabilities) globally.      

 

*

The address for each of the Fund’s Independent Directors is c/o AllianceBernstein L.P., Attention: Legal and Compliance Department — Mutual Fund Legal, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105.

**

There is no stated term of office for the Fund’s Directors.

Member of the Audit Committee, the Governance and Nominating Committee, and the Independent Directors Committee.

+

Mr. Erzan is an “interested person,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Fund because of his affiliation with the Manager.

The Manager is an affiliate of the Fund.

The management of the business and affairs of the Fund are managed under the direction of the Board. Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Directors,” and Directors who are “interested persons” of the Fund are referred to as “Interested Directors.” Certain information concerning the Fund’s governance structure and each Director is set forth below.

Experience, Skills, Attributes, and Qualifications of the Fund’s Directors. The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Fund’s Board, which is composed of Independent Directors, reviews the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of potential candidates for nomination or election by the Board, and conducts a similar review in connection with the proposed nomination of current Directors for re-election by stockholders at any annual or special meeting of stockholders. In evaluating a candidate for nomination or election as a Director, the Governance and Nominating Committee takes into account the contribution that the candidate would be expected to make to the diverse mix of experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that the Governance and Nominating Committee believes contributes to good governance for the Fund. Additional information concerning the Governance and Nominating Committee’s consideration of nominees appears in the description of the Committee below.

The Board believes that, collectively, the Directors have balanced and diverse experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Fund and protecting the interests of stockholders. The Board has concluded that, based on each Director’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Directors, each Director is qualified and should continue to serve as such.

In determining that a particular Director was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Director, the Board considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. In addition, the Board has taken into account the actual service and commitment of each Director during his or her tenure (including the Director’s commitment and participation in Board and committee meetings, as well as his or her current and prior leadership of standing and ad hoc committees) in concluding that each should continue to serve as Director. Additional information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each Director, which in each case led to the Board’s conclusion that each Director should serve (or continue to serve) as a Director of the Fund, is provided in the table above and in the next paragraph.

 

37


Among other attributes and qualifications common to all Directors are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them (including information requested by the Directors), to interact effectively with the Manager, other service providers, counsel and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Directors. In addition to his or her service as a Director of the Fund and other AB Funds as noted in the table above: Mr. Bermudez has extensive experience in the financial services industry, including risk management, from his service in various senior executive positions, including as Chief Risk Officer, of a large global financial services company, as a director and Audit Chair of a Federal Reserve Bank and a director, and Chairman of the Audit Committee, of a large public company, and as Chairman or director or trustee of numerous non-profit organizations; Mr. Downey has experience in the investment advisory business including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a large fund complex and as director of a number of non-AB funds and as Chairman of a non-AB closed-end fund; Mr. Erzan has experience as an executive of the Manager with responsibility for, among other things, the AB Funds, and has experience at a management consulting firm, Ms. Jacklin has experience as a financial services regulator, as U.S. Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund (which is responsible for ensuring the stability of the international monetary system), as a financial services lawyer in private practice, and has served as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committees of the AB Funds since August 2014; Ms. Loeb has extensive experience in the financial services industry and in business more generally, including as a former executive and partner of a large global financial services company and as chief executive officer of a private e-commerce company, a director and audit committee member of a large publicly-traded business development company and former director of a fund of hedge funds, and a director or trustee of numerous non-profit organizations including the United Nations Development Corporation and New York City Center; Ms. McMullen has experience in talent management for a global technology consulting firm, serves on the advisory board of a privately held e-commerce company, has served as director of a variety of privately held firms and on non-profit boards (including as director of one of the 10 largest healthcare systems in the US and Chair of a top US community hospital), and has extensive asset management industry experience including as Director of Global Investment Research for a major fund company and President of Wealth Management for a regional bank; Mr. Moody, a certified public accountant, has extensive experience in the asset management industry as a senior executive of a large fund complex and as Vice Chairman and U.S. and Global Investment Management Practice Managing Partner for a major accounting firm, and is a governor on the Board of the Investment Company Institute, the leading association representing regulated funds, including mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and closed-end funds, serves as Chairman of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council, a group created by the Investment Company Institute that aims to advance the education, communication and policy positions of investment company independent directors, has served as a director or trustee and Chairman of the Audit Committees of the AB Funds since 2008, and has served as Chairman of the AB Funds and the Independent Directors Committees of the AB Funds since January 2023; and Mr. Turner has experience as a director (including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a number of companies) and as a venture capital investor including prior service as general partner of three institutional venture capital partnerships, and has served as Chairman of the AB Funds since January 2014 and Chairman of the Independent Directors Committees of the AB Funds since February 2014. The disclosure herein of a director’s experience, qualifications, attributes and skills does not impose on such director any duties, obligations, or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations, and liability imposed on such director as a member of the Board and any committee thereof in the absence of such experience, qualifications, attributes and skills.

Board Structure and Oversight Function. The Board is responsible for oversight of the Fund. The Fund has engaged the Manager to manage the Portfolio on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Manager and the Fund’s other service providers in the operations of the Portfolio. The Board typically meets at regularly scheduled meetings four times throughout the year. In addition, the Directors may meet at special meetings or on an informal basis at other times. The Independent Directors also regularly meet without the presence of any representatives of management. As described below, the Board has established three standing committees—the Audit, Governance and Nominating and Independent Directors Committees—and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. Each committee is composed exclusively of Independent Directors. The responsibilities of each committee, including its oversight responsibilities, are described further below. The Independent Directors have also engaged independent legal counsel, and may from time to time engage consultants and other advisors, to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

An Independent Director serves as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman’s duties include setting the agenda for each Board meeting in consultation with management, presiding at each Board meeting, meeting with management between Board meetings, and facilitating communication and coordination between the Independent Directors and management. The Directors have determined that the Board’s leadership by an Independent Director and its committees composed exclusively of Independent Directors is appropriate because they believe it sets the proper tone to the relationships between the Fund, on the one hand, and the Manager and other service providers, on the other, and facilitates the exercise of the Board of Director’s independent judgment in evaluating and managing the relationships. In addition, the Fund is required to have an Independent Director as Chairman pursuant to certain 2003 regulatory settlements involving the Manager.

 

38


Risk Oversight. The Portfolio is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance and operational risks, including cyber risks. Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Portfolio resides with the Manager or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to supervision by the Manager. The Board has charged the Manager and its affiliates with (i) identifying events or circumstances, the occurrence of which could have demonstrable and material adverse effects on the Portfolio; (ii) to the extent appropriate, reasonable or practicable, implementing processes and controls reasonably designed to lessen the possibility that such events or circumstances occur or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur; and (iii) creating and maintaining a system designed to evaluate continuously, and to revise as appropriate, the processes and controls described in (i) and (ii) above.

Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Portfolio’s investment program and operations and is addressed as part of various regular Board and committee activities. The Portfolio’s investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the Manager and other service providers. Each of these persons has an independent interest in risk management but the policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Portfolio’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. Oversight of risk management is provided by the Board and the Audit Committee. The Directors regularly receive reports from, among others, management (including the Chief Risk Officer of the Manager), the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Manager’s internal legal counsel, the Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer and internal auditors for the Manager, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Portfolio and the Manager’s risk management programs. In addition, the Directors receive regular updates on cyber security matters from the Manager.

Not all risks that may affect the Portfolio can be identified, nor can controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. It may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, the processes and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness, and some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of the Fund or the Manager, its affiliates or other service providers. Moreover, it is necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s goals. As a result of the foregoing and other factors the Portfolio’s ability to manage risk is subject to substantial limitations.

Board Committees. The Board has three standing committees – an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee and an Independent Directors Committee. The members of the Audit Committee, the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Independent Directors Committee are identified above.

The function of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices. The Audit Committee met three times during the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year.

The function of the Governance and Nominating Committee includes the nomination of persons to fill any vacancies or newly created positions on the Board. The Governance and Nominating Committee met three times during the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year.

The Board has adopted a charter for its Governance and Nominating Committee. Pursuant to the charter, the Committee assists the Board in carrying out its responsibilities with respect to governance of the Fund and identifies, evaluates, selects and nominates candidates for the Board. The Committee may also set standards or qualifications for Directors and reviews at least annually the performance of each Director, taking into account factors such as attendance at meetings, adherence to Board policies, preparation for and participation at meetings, commitment and contribution to overall work of the Board and its committees, and whether there are health or other reasons that might affect the Director’s ability to perform his or her duties. The Committee may consider candidates as Directors submitted by the Fund’s current Board members, officers, the Manager, stockholders and other appropriate sources.

Pursuant to the Charter, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider candidates for nomination as a director submitted by a shareholder or group of shareholders who have beneficially owned at least 5% of the Fund’s common stock or shares of beneficial interest for at least two years prior to the time of submission and who timely provide specified information about the candidates and the nominating shareholder or group. To be timely for consideration by the Governance and Nominating Committee, the submission, including all required information, must be submitted in writing to the attention of the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not less than 120 days before the date of the proxy statement for the previous year’s annual meeting of shareholders. If the Fund did not hold an annual meeting of shareholders in the previous year, the submission must be delivered or mailed and received within a reasonable amount of time before the Fund begins to print and mail its proxy materials. Public notice of an upcoming annual meeting of shareholders may be given in a shareholder report or other mailing to shareholders or by other means deemed by the Governance and Nominating Committee or the Board to be reasonably calculated to inform shareholders.

Shareholders submitting a candidate for consideration by the Governance and Nominating Committee must provide the following information to the Governance and Nominating Committee: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, date of birth, business address and residence address of the candidate; (B) any position or business relationship of the candidate, currently or within the preceding five years, with the shareholder or an associated person of the shareholder as defined below; (C) the class or

 

39


series and number of all shares of the Fund owned of record or beneficially by the candidate; (D) any other information regarding the candidate that is required to be disclosed about a nominee in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to Section 20 of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (E) whether the shareholder believes that the candidate is or will be an “interested person” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and, if believed not to be an “interested person,” information regarding the candidate that will be sufficient for the Fund to make such determination; and (F) information as to the candidate’s knowledge of the investment company industry, experience as a director or senior officer of public companies, directorships on the boards of other registered investment companies and educational background; (ii) the written and signed consent of the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected; (iii) the written and signed agreement of the candidate to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire if elected; (iv) the shareholder’s consent to be named as such by the Fund; (v) the class or series and number of all shares of the Fund owned beneficially and of record by the shareholder and any associated person of the shareholder and the dates on which such shares were acquired, specifying the number of shares owned beneficially but not of record by each, and stating the names of each as they appear on the Fund’s record books and the names of any nominee holders for each; and (vi) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder, the candidate and/or any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the recommendation is being made by the shareholder. “Associated Person of the shareholder” means any person who is required to be identified under clause (vi) of this paragraph and any other person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, directly or indirectly, (a) the shareholder or (b) the associated person of the shareholder.

The Governance and Nominating Committee may require the shareholder to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require or deem necessary to verify any information furnished pursuant to the nominating procedures described above or to determine the qualifications and eligibility of the candidate proposed by the shareholder to serve on the Board. If the shareholder fails to provide such other information in writing within seven days of the receipt of written request from the Governance and Nominating Committee, the recommendation of such candidate as a nominee will be deemed not properly submitted for consideration, and will not be considered, by the Committee.

The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider only one candidate submitted by such a shareholder or group for nomination for election at an annual meeting of shareholders. The Governance and Nominating Committee will not consider self-nominated candidates. The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider and evaluate candidates submitted by shareholders on the basis of the same criteria as those used to consider and evaluate candidates submitted from other sources. These criteria include the candidate’s relevant knowledge, experience, and expertise, the candidate’s ability to carry out his or her duties in the best interests of the Fund, and the candidate’s ability to qualify as an Independent Director. When assessing a candidate for nomination, the Committee considers whether the individual’s background, skills, and experience will complement the background, skills, and experience of other nominees and will contribute to the diversity of the Board.

The function of the Independent Directors Committee is to consider and take action on matters that the Board or Committee believes should be addressed in executive session of the Independent Directors, such as review and approval of the Advisory and Distribution Services Agreements. The Independent Directors Committee met seven times during the Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year.

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities in the Portfolio beneficially owned by a Director, and on an aggregate basis, in all registered investment companies to which the Manager provides investment advisory services (collectively, the “AB Fund Complex”) owned by each Director, if any, as of December 31, 2022.

 

     Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund
     Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment Companies Overseen by
Director in the AB Fund Complex
 

Interested Director:

     

Onur Erzan

     None        Over $100,000  

Independent Directors:

     

Jorge A. Bermudez

     None        Over $100,000  

Michael J. Downey

     None        Over $100,000  

Nancy P. Jacklin

     None        Over $100,000  

Jeanette W. Loeb

     None        Over $100,000  

Carol C. McMullen

     None        Over $100,000  

Garry L. Moody

     None        Over $100,000  

Marshall C. Turner, Jr.

     None        Over $100,000  

As of January 3, 2023, no Independent Director, nor any of their immediate family members, owned beneficially or of record any class of securities in the Manager or the Fund’s distributor or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) the Manager or the Fund’s distributor.

 

40


Officer Information

Certain information concerning the Fund’s officers is set forth below.

 

NAME, ADDRESS* AND AGE

  

POSITIONS HELD WITH FUND

  

PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION DURING
LAST FIVE YEARS OR LONGER

Onur Erzan
46
   President and
Chief Executive Officer
   See biography above.
Michael Canter
53
   Vice President    Senior Vice President of the Manager**, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018. He is also the Director and Chief Investment Officer - Securitized Assets.
Janaki Rao
52
   Vice President    Senior Vice President of the Manager**, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018. He is also Director of US Mujlti-Sector Fixed-Income Portfolios.

Nancy E. Hay

50

   Secretary    Vice President and Counsel for the Manager**, with which she has been associated since prior to 2018 and Assistant Secretary of AllianceBernstein Investments, Inc. (“ABI”)**.
Michael B. Reyes
46
   Senior Vice President    Vice President of the Manager**, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018.
Joseph J. Mantineo
63
   Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer
   Senior Vice President of AllianceBernstein Investor Services, Inc. (“ABIS”)**, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018.
Stephen M. Woetzel
51
   Controller    Senior Vice President of ABIS**, with which he has been associated since prior to 2018.
Jennifer Friedland
48
   Chief Compliance Officer    Vice President of the Manager** since 2020 and Mutual Fund Compliance Officer since January 2023. Before joining the Manger in 2020, she was Chief Compliance Officer of WestEnd Advisers, LLC from 2017 until 2019.

 

*

The address for each of the Fund’s officers is c/o AllianceBernstein L.P., 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105.

**

The Manager, ABI and ABIS are affiliates of the Fund.

The Fund does not pay any fees to, or reimburse expenses of, its Directors who are considered “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The aggregate compensation paid to each of the Directors during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 by the Fund, the aggregate compensation paid to each of the Directors during the calendar year 2022 by the AB Fund Complex and the total number of registered investment companies (and separate investment portfolios within those companies) in the AB Fund Complex with respect to which each of the Directors serves as a director or trustee, are set forth below. Neither the Fund nor any other registered investment company in the AB Fund Complex provides compensation in the form of pension or retirement benefits to any of its directors or trustees. Each of the Directors is a director or trustee of one or more other registered investment companies in the AB Fund Complex.

 

41


Name of Director

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund
     Total
Compensation
from the AB
Fund
Complex,
Including the
Fund
     Total Number
of Investment
Companies in
the AB Fund
Complex,
Including the
Fund, as to
which the
Director is a
Director or
Trustee
     Total Number
of Investment
Portfolios
within the AB
Fund
Complex,
Including the
Fund, as to
which the
Director is a
Director or
Trustee
 

Jorge A. Bermudez

   $ 3,544      $ $330,000        28        75  

Michael J. Downey

   $ 3,544      $ $330,000        28        75  

Onur Erzan

   $ 0      $ None        28        75  

Nancy P. Jacklin

   $ 4,007      $ $379,500        28        75  

Jeanette W. Loeb

   $ 3,544      $ $330,000        28        75  

Carol C. McMullen

   $ 3,544      $ $330,000        28        75  

Garry L. Moody

   $ 4,202      $ $396,000        28        75  

Marshall C. Turner Jr.

   $ 5,250      $ $478,500        28        75  

 

As of January 3, 2023, the Directors and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio.

In order to avoid unnecessary expenses, the Fund does not normally intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Board or the shareholders may call Special Meetings of Shareholders for the removal of directors or for other actions for which a shareholder vote may be required by the 1940 Act (such as a change in fundamental policies or diversified status) or the Fund’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws.

Distributor. Sanford C. Bernstein LLC, located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, acts as distributor (the “Distributor”) of the Portfolio’s shares pursuant to Distribution Agreement.

Additional Information Regarding Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers.

As of September 30, 2022, the Manager’s employees had approximately $2,577,834 invested in shares of the Portfolio and approximately $27,233,679 invested in shares of all registered funds advised by the Manager (“AB Mutual Funds”) (excluding AB money market funds) through their interests in certain deferred compensation plans, including the Partners Compensation Plan, including both vested and unvested amounts.

The management of and investment decisions for the Portfolio’s portfolio are made by the US Investment Grade: Core Fixed Income Investment Team. The investment professionals1 with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio’s portfolio are: Michael Canter and Janaki Rao. For additional information about the portfolio management of the Portfolio, see “Management of the Portfolio” in the Fund’s Prospectus. The dollar range of the Fund’s equity securities owned directly or beneficially by the Fund’s portfolio managers is set forth below as of September 30, 2022:

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar
Range of
Equity
Securities
in the
Portfolio2

Michael Canter

   None

Janaki Rao

   None

 

1 

Investment professionals at the Manager include portfolio managers and research analysts. Investment professionals are part of investment groups (or teams) that service individual fund portfolios. The number of investment professionals assigned to a particular fund will vary from fund to fund.

2 

The dollar range presented above includes any vested shares awarded under the Manager’s Partners Compensation Plan (the “Plan”).

 

42


The following tables provide information regarding other registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts over which the Portfolio’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities. The tables provide the numbers of such accounts, the total assets in such accounts and the number of accounts and total assets whose fees are based on performance. The information is provided as of September 30, 2022.

REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES (excluding the Portfolio)

 

Portfolio Manager

   Total Number
of Registered
Investment
Companies
Managed
     Total Assets of
Registered
Investment
Companies
Managed
(in millions)
     Number of
Registered
Investment
Companies Managed
with Performance-
based Fees
     Total Assets of
Registered Investment
Companies Managed
with Performance-
based Fees (in millions)
 

Michael Canter

     23      $ 8,512        None        None  

Janaki Rao

     23      $ 8,512        None        None  

OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES

 

Portfolio Manager

   Total Number
of Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Managed
     Total Assets of
Pooled Investment
Vehicles Managed
(in millions)
     Number of Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Managed with
Performance-based
Fees
     Total Assets of Pooled
Investment
Vehicles Managed
with Performance-
based Fees
(in millions)
 

Michael Canter

     33      $ 3,087        None        None  

Janaki Rao

     27      $ 912        None        None  

OTHER ACCOUNTS

 

Portfolio Manager

   Total Number
of Other
Accounts
Managed
     Total Assets of
Other Accounts
Managed
(in millions)
     Number of Other
Accounts Managed
with Performance-
based Fees
     Total Assets of Other
Accounts with
Performance-based
Fees (in millions)
 

Michael Canter

     66      $ 8,598        3      $ 652  

Janaki Rao

     65      $ 8,237        2      $ 291  

Investment Professional Conflict of Interest Disclosure

As an investment adviser and fiduciary, the Manager owes its clients and shareholders an undivided duty of loyalty. The Manager recognizes that conflicts of interest are inherent in its business and accordingly has developed policies and procedures (including oversight monitoring) reasonably designed to detect, manage and mitigate the effects of actual or potential conflicts of interest in the area of employee personal trading, managing multiple accounts for multiple clients, including AB Mutual Funds, and allocating investment opportunities. Investment professionals, including portfolio managers and research analysts, are subject to the above-mentioned policies and oversight monitoring to ensure that all clients are treated equitably. The Manager places the interests of its clients first and expects all of its employees to meet their fiduciary duties.

Employee Personal Trading. The Manager has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is designed to detect and prevent conflicts of interest when investment professionals and other personnel of the Manager own, buy or sell securities which may be owned by, or bought or sold for, clients. Personal securities transactions by an employee may raise a potential conflict of interest when an employee owns or trades in a security that is owned or considered for purchase or sale by a client, or recommended for purchase or sale by an employee to a client. Subject to the reporting requirements and other limitations of its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the Manager permits its employees to engage in personal securities transactions, and also allows them to acquire investments in certain portfolios managed by the Manager. The Manager’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requires disclosure of all personal accounts and maintenance of brokerage accounts with designated broker-dealers approved by the Manager. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also requires preclearance of all securities transactions (except transactions in U.S. Treasuries and open-end mutual funds other than funds advised by the Manager) and imposes a 60-day holding period for securities purchased by employees to discourage short-term trading.

 

43


Managing Multiple Accounts for Multiple Clients. The Manager has compliance policies and oversight monitoring in place to address conflicts of interest relating to the management of multiple accounts for multiple clients. Conflicts of interest may arise when an investment professional has responsibilities for the investments of more than one account because the investment professional may be unable to devote equal time and attention to each account. The investment professional or investment professional teams for each client may have responsibilities for managing all or a portion of the investments of multiple accounts with a common investment strategy, including other registered investment companies, unregistered investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, pension plans, separate accounts, collective trusts and charitable foundations. Among other things, the Manager’s policies and procedures provide for the prompt dissemination to investment professionals of initial or changed investment recommendations by analysts so that investment professionals are better able to develop investment strategies for all accounts they manage. In addition, investment decisions by investment professionals are reviewed for the purpose of maintaining uniformity among similar accounts and ensuring that accounts are treated equitably. Investment professional compensation reflects a broad contribution in multiple dimensions to long-term investment success for clients of the Manager and is generally not tied specifically to the performance of any particular client’s account, nor is it generally tied directly to the level or change in level of assets under management.

Allocating Investment Opportunities and Order Aggregation. The investment professionals at the Manager routinely are required to select and allocate investment opportunities among accounts. The Manager has adopted policies and procedures intended to address conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that information relevant to investment decisions is disseminated promptly within its portfolio management teams and investment opportunities are allocated equitably among different clients. The policies and procedures require, among other things, objective allocation for limited investment opportunities (e.g., on a rotational basis), and documentation and review of justifications for any decisions to make investments only for select accounts or in a manner disproportionate to the size of the account. Portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar accounts, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities. Nevertheless, access to portfolio funds or other investment opportunities may be allocated differently among accounts due to the particular characteristics of an account, such as size of the account, cash position, tax status, risk tolerance and investment restrictions or for other reasons.

Generally, all orders in the same security are aggregated in each trading system by the Manager to facilitate best execution and to reduce overall trading costs. Executions for aggregated orders with the same executing broker are combined to determine one average price. The securities are then allocated to participating accounts using automated algorithms designed to achieve a fair, equitable and objective distribution of the securities over time. When the liquidity in a market is not sufficient to fill all client orders, the Manager may give priority to certain orders over others. This prioritization is based on objective factors driving the order. Under such circumstances, the Manager aggregates orders by these factors and subjects each aggregated order to the trade allocation algorithms discussed above. The factors used, in order of priority, are (1) correction of guideline breaches; (2) avoidance of guideline breaches; (3) investing significant new funding and completing tax strategy implementations; (4) investing in services that focus on specific financial instruments or market sectors; (5) avoidance of tracking error on the service/product level; and (6) portfolio rebalancing and optimization. Separate orders with the same priority may be traded using a rotational process that is fair and objective.

The Manager may not require orders in the same security from different managers to be aggregated where one manager’s investment strategy requires rapid trade execution, provided the Manager believes that disaggregation will not materially impact other client orders. Certain other clients of the Manager have investment objectives and policies similar to those of the Fund. The Manager may, from time to time, make recommendations that result in the purchase or sale of a particular security by its other clients simultaneously with a purchase or sale thereof by the Fund. If transactions on behalf of more than one client during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price or the quantity of securities available at a particular price. It is the policy of the Manager to allocate advisory recommendations and the placing of orders in a manner that is deemed equitable by the Manager to the accounts involved, including the Fund. When two or more clients of the Manager (including the Fund) are purchasing or selling the same security on a given day through the same broker or dealer, such transactions are be averaged as to price. The shares are then allocated to participating accounts using automated algorithms designed to achieve a fair, equitable and objective distribution of the shares over time.

The Manager’s procedures are also designed to address potential conflicts of interest that may arise when the Manager has a particular financial incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, relating to an account. The Manager is conscious of these potential conflicts. When the Manager is providing fiduciary services, the goal of the Manager’s policies and procedures is to act in good faith and to treat all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner over time, regardless of their strategy, fee arrangements or the influence of their owners or beneficiaries.

 

44


Portfolio Manager Compensation

The Manager’s compensation program for portfolio managers is designed to align with clients’ interests, emphasizing each portfolio manager’s ability to generate long-term investment success for the Manager’s clients, including the Portfolio. The Manager also strives to ensure that compensation is competitive and effective in attracting and retaining the highest caliber employees.

Portfolio managers receive a base salary, incentive compensation and contributions to the Manager’s 401(k) plan. Part of the annual incentive compensation is generally paid in the form of a cash bonus, and part through an award under the firm’s Incentive Compensation Award Plan (ICAP). The ICAP awards vest over a four-year period. Deferred awards are paid in the form of restricted grants of the firm’s Master Limited Partnership Units, and award recipients have the ability to receive a portion of their awards in deferred cash. The amount of contributions to the 401(k) plan is determined at the sole discretion of the Manager. On an annual basis, the Manager endeavors to combine all of the foregoing elements into a total compensation package that considers industry compensation trends and is designed to retain its best talent.

The incentive portion of total compensation is determined by quantitative and qualitative factors. Quantitative factors, which are weighted more heavily, are driven by investment performance. Qualitative factors are driven by contributions to the investment process and client success.

The quantitative component includes measures of absolute, relative and risk-adjusted investment performance. Relative and risk-adjusted returns are determined based on the benchmark in the Fund’s prospectus and versus peers over one-, three- and five-year calendar periods, with more weight given to longer-time periods. Peer groups are chosen by Chief Investment Officers, who consult with the product management team to identify products most similar to our investment style and most relevant within the asset class. Portfolio managers of the Portfolio do not receive any direct compensation based upon the investment returns of any individual client account, and compensation is not tied directly to the level or change in level of assets under management.

Among the qualitative components considered, the most important include thought leadership, collaboration with other investment colleagues, contributions to risk-adjusted returns of other portfolios in the firm, efforts in mentoring and building a strong talent pool and being a good corporate citizen. Other factors can play a role in determining portfolio managers’ compensation, such as the complexity of investment strategies managed, volume of assets managed and experience.

The Manager emphasizes four behavioral competencies—relentlessness, ingenuity, team orientation and accountability—that support its mission to be the most trusted advisor to its clients. Assessments of investment professionals are formalized in a year-end review process that includes 360-degree feedback from other professionals from across the investment teams and the Manager.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV of the Portfolio is calculated at the close of regular trading on any day the Exchange is open (ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, but sometimes earlier, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled suspensions of trading) following receipt of a purchase or redemption order by the Portfolio on the Portfolio’s business day on which such an order is received and on such other days as the Board deems appropriate or necessary in order to comply with Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act. The Portfolio’s NAV is calculated by dividing the value of the Portfolio’s total assets, less its liabilities, by the total number of its shares then outstanding. The Portfolio’s business day is any weekday on which the Exchange is open for trading.

The following describes the typical methods for valuing investments commonly held by the Portfolio:

Portfolio securities are valued at market value or, if market quotations are not readily available or are unreliable, at fair value as determined in accordance with applicable rules under the 1940 Act and the Portfolio’s pricing policies and procedures. Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, the Portfolio’s Board has appointed the Manager as the valuation designee (“Valuation Designee”) with responsibility for performing all fair valuations of the Portfolio’s portfolio investments, subject to the Board’s oversight. The Manager has established a valuation committee of senior officers and employees to fulfill its responsibilities as the Portfolio’s Valuation Designee, which operates under policies and procedures approved by the Portfolio’s Board to value the Portfolio’s assets.

Equity securities listed on the Exchange or another national exchange (other than securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange (“NASDAQ”)), are valued at their last sale prices reflected on the consolidated tape at the close of the exchange. Securities listed and trading on the NASDAQ are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. If there are no sales on the relevant business day, closing prices provided by the exchange, last trade prices from other exchanges, other trade prices available or prices derived through application of fair value methodologies may be used to value the securities. OTC equity securities trading on “Pink Sheets” are valued at the mid-level between current bid and asked prices. If mid-prices are not available, securities will be valued at bid prices. The Valuation Designee may fair value international equity securities in the Portfolio that are valued as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Fair valuing such securities seeks to align closing prices on foreign markets that close prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time with closing prices on U.S. Markets.

 

45


Fixed-income instruments are typically valued on the basis of bid prices provided by an approved pricing service when the Valuation Designee reasonably believes that such prices reflect the fair value of the instrument. The market convention may be to use the mid-price between bid and offer in certain markets, and fixed-income instruments may be valued on the basis of the mid-prices when such prices reflect the convention of the particular markets. If the Valuation Designee determines that an appropriate pricing vendor does not exist for a fixed-income instrument, the Valuation Designee may use broker quotations consistent with the manner in which the instruments are quoted and traded.

The fair value of listed derivatives and OTC derivatives is determined with market models and inputs sourced from market data providers. Fair value is determined based on the terms of the instruments and with inputs as of the valuation date. Indicative broker quotations and/or values provided by counterparties may be used if an instrument is not easily modeled and pricing vendors are not able to price the instrument.

When making a fair value determination, the Manager may take into account any factors it deems appropriate. The Manager may determine fair value based upon developments related to a specific security, current valuations of foreign stock indices (as reflected in U.S. futures markets) and/or U.S. sector or broader stock market indices. The prices of securities used to calculate NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Making a fair value determination involves subjective judgments, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.

The Manager expects to make fair value determinations for securities primarily traded on U.S. exchanges under certain circumstances, such as the early closing of the exchange on which a security is traded or suspension of trading in the security. The Manager makes fair value determinations routinely for securities primarily traded in non-U.S. markets because, among other things, most foreign markets close well before the Portfolio ordinarily values its securities at 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim. For example, the Portfolio believes that foreign security values may be affected by events that occur after the close of foreign securities markets. To account for this, the Manager routinely values many of the Portfolio’s foreign equity securities using fair value prices based on third party vendor modeling tools to the extent available.

The Board may suspend the determination of the Portfolio’s NAV (and the offering and sale of shares), subject to the rules of the SEC and other governmental rules and regulations, at a time when: (1) the Exchange is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings, (2) an emergency exists as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the Portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it or to determine fairly the value of its net assets, or (3) for the protection of shareholders, if the SEC by order permits a suspension of the right of redemption or a postponement of the date of payment on redemption.

For purposes of determining the Portfolio’s NAV per share, all assets and liabilities initially expressed in a foreign currency will be converted into U.S. Dollars at the mean of the current bid and asked prices of such currency against the U.S. Dollar last quoted by a major bank that is a regular participant in the relevant foreign exchange market or on the basis of a pricing service that takes into account the quotes provided by a number of such major banks. If such quotations are not available as of the close of the Exchange, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by, or under the direction of, the Board.

The net asset value of the Portfolio is calculated by subtracting the liabilities allocated to the Portfolio from the assets belonging to the Portfolio in conformance with the provisions of plans adopted by the Fund in accordance with Rule 18f-3 under the 1940 Act.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to the general oversight of the Board, the Manager is responsible for the investment decisions and the placing of orders for portfolio transactions for the Portfolio. The Manager determines the broker or dealer to be used in each specific transaction with the objective of negotiating a combination of the most favorable commission (for transactions on which a commission is payable) and the best price obtainable on each transaction (generally defined as best execution). In connection with seeking best execution, the Portfolio does not consider sales of shares of the Portfolio or other investment companies managed by the Manager as a factor in the selection of brokers and dealers to effect portfolio transactions and has adopted a policy and procedures reasonably designed to preclude such considerations.

 

46


Most transactions for the Portfolio, including transactions in listed securities, are executed in the OTC market with principal market maker dealers with whom the Manager maintains regular contact. Most transactions made by the Portfolio will be principal transactions at net prices and the Portfolio will incur little or no brokerage costs. Where possible, securities will be purchased directly from the issuer or from an underwriter or market maker for the securities unless the Manager believes a better execution is available elsewhere. Purchases from underwriters of newly-issued securities for inclusion in the Portfolio usually will include a concession paid to the underwriter by the issuer and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include the spread between the bid and asked price.

The Portfolio does not have an obligation to enter into transactions in portfolio securities with any broker, dealer, issuer, underwriter or other entity. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Portfolio to obtain the best execution for its transactions. Where best execution may be obtained from more than one broker or dealer, the Manager may, in its discretion, purchase and sell securities through brokers and dealers who provide research, statistical and other information to the Manager. Such services may be used by the Manager for all of its investment advisory accounts and, accordingly, not all such services may be used by the Manager in connection with the Portfolio. The supplemental information received from a dealer is in addition to the services required to be performed by the Manager under the Advisory Agreement, and the expenses of the Manager will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such information.

Neither the Portfolio nor the Manager has entered into agreements or understandings with any brokers regarding the placement of securities transactions because of research services they provide. A broker-dealer may provide the Manager with research or related services with an expectation, but not necessarily an explicit agreement or contract, that the Manager will use the broker-dealer to execute client transactions in the future. To the extent that such persons or firms supply investment information to the Manager for use in rendering investment advice to the Portfolio, such information may be supplied at no cost to the Manager and, therefore, may have the effect of reducing the expenses of the Manager in rendering advice to the Portfolio. While it is impracticable to place an actual dollar value on such investment information, its receipt by the Manager probably does not reduce the overall expenses of the Manager to any material extent.

The investment information provided to the Manager is of the type described in Section 28(e)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is designed to augment the Manager’s own internal research and investment strategy capabilities. Research services furnished by brokers through which the Portfolio effects securities transactions are used by the Manager in carrying out its investment management responsibilities with respect to all its clients’ accounts but not all such services may be used by the Manager in connection with the Portfolio.

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other investment companies and other advisory accounts managed by the Manager. It may happen, on occasion, that the same security is held in the portfolio of the Fund or one more of such other investment companies or accounts. Simultaneous transactions are likely when several funds or accounts are managed in accordance with a similar strategy by the Manager, particularly, when a security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one of such companies or accounts. When two or more companies or accounts managed by the Manager are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the transactions are allocated to the respective companies or accounts both as to amount and price, in accordance with a method deemed equitable to each company or account. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtainable for the Fund.

Allocations are made by officers of the Portfolio or of the Manager. Purchases and sales of portfolio securities are determined by the Manager and are placed with broker-dealers by the order department of the Manager.

The Manager continuously monitors and evaluates the performance and execution capabilities of brokers that transact orders for the Fund to ensure consistent quality executions. This information is reported to the Manager’s Brokerage Allocation Committee and Best Execution Committee, which oversee broker-selection issues. In addition, the Manager periodically reviews the Fund’s transaction costs in light of current market circumstances using internal tools and analysis as well as statistical analysis and other relevant information from external vendors.

The Portfolio’s portfolio transactions in equity securities may occur on foreign stock exchanges. Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of brokerage commissions. On many foreign stock exchanges these commissions are fixed. Securities traded in foreign over-the-counter markets (including most fixed-income securities) are purchased from and sold to dealers acting as principal. Over-the-counter transactions generally do not involve the payment of a stated commission, but the price usually includes an undisclosed commission or markup. The prices of underwritten offerings, however, generally include a stated underwriter’s discount. The Manager expects to effect the bulk of its transactions in securities of companies based in foreign countries through brokers, dealers or underwriters located in such countries. U.S. government or other U.S. securities constituting permissible investments will be purchased and sold through U.S. brokers, dealers or underwriters.

 

47


The amount of aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio during the three most recent fiscal years, and the related commissions allocated to persons or firms because of research services provided to the Portfolio or the Manager and the aggregate

amount of brokerage transactions allocated to persons or firms because of research services provided to the Portfolio or the Manager during the most recent fiscal year are as follows:

 

     Aggregate
Brokerage
Commissions Paid
     Commissions
Allocated to
Persons or Firms
Because of
Research Services
Provided to the
Portfolio or the
Manager
     Aggregate
Amount of
Brokerage
Transactions
Allocated to
Persons or Firms
Because of
Research Services
Provided to the
Portfolio or the
Manager
 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020

   $ 34,120      $ 0      $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021

   $ 43,392      $ 0      $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2022

   $ 20,164      $ 0      $ 0  

The Portfolio may from time to time place orders for the purchase or sale of securities with Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC (“Bernstein LLC”), an affiliate of the Manager. In such instances the placement of orders with such broker would be consistent with the Portfolio’s objective of obtaining best execution and would not be dependent upon the fact that Bernstein LLC is an affiliate of the Manager. With respect to orders placed with Bernstein LLC for execution on a national securities exchange, commissions received must conform to Section 17(e)(2)(A) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17e-1 thereunder, which permit an affiliated person of a registered investment company (such as the Fund), or any affiliated person of such person, to receive a brokerage commission from such registered investment company provided that such commission is reasonable and fair compared to the commissions received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities during a comparable period of time.

Information about the brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio to Bernstein LLC, which is an affiliated broker of the Fund and Bernstein Limited, which is also an affiliated broker of the Fund, is set forth in the following table:

 

     Brokerage
Commissions
Paid to
Affiliated
Brokers
 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020

   $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021

   $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2022

   $ 0  

As of the end of the most recent fiscal year, the Fund owned securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents as follows:

 

Broker/Dealer

   Aggregate
Value of
Securities
Held
 

Bank of America Corp.

   $ 3,853,841  

Barclays PLC

   $ 1,011,182  

Citigroup, Inc.

   $ 3,351,957  

Deutsche Bank

   $ 6,048,093  

Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (The)

   $ 2,061,898  

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

   $ 2,608,824  

Morgan Stanley

   $ 3,964,387  

Wells Fargo & Co.

   $ 2,391,747  

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Fund believes that the ideas of the Manager’s investment staff should benefit the Portfolio and its shareholders, and does not want to afford speculators an opportunity to profit by anticipating Portfolio trading strategies or using Portfolio information for stock picking. However, the Fund also believes that knowledge of the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings can assist shareholders in monitoring their investment, making asset allocation decisions, and evaluating portfolio management techniques.

 

48


The Manager has adopted, on behalf of the Portfolio, policies and procedures relating to disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. The policies and procedures relating to disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Portfolio’s operation or useful to the Portfolio’s shareholders without compromising the integrity or performance of the Portfolio. Except when there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure and other conditions (designed to protect the Portfolio and its shareholders) are met, the Portfolio does not provide or permit others to provide information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings on a selective basis.

The Fund includes portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal or state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. In addition, the Manager may post portfolio holdings information on the Manager’s website (www.bernstein.com). The Manager generally posts on the website a complete schedule of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities, generally as of the last day of each calendar month, approximately 30 days after the end of that month. This posted information generally remains accessible on the website for three months. For each portfolio security, the posted information includes its name, the number of shares held by the Portfolio, the market value of the Portfolio’s holdings, and the percentage of the Portfolio’s assets represented by the Portfolio’s holdings. In addition to the schedule of portfolio holdings, the Manager may post information about the number of securities the Fund holds, a summary of the Portfolio’s top ten holdings (including name and the percentage of the Portfolio’s assets invested in each holding), and a percentage breakdown of the Portfolio’s investments by country, sector and industry, as applicable, approximately 10-15 days after the end of the month. The day after portfolio holdings information is publicly available on the website, it may be mailed, e-mailed or otherwise transmitted to any person.

The Manager may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available, on the website or otherwise, to the Manager’s employees and affiliates that provide services to the Fund. In addition, the Manager may distribute or authorize distribution of information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available, on the website or otherwise, to the Fund’s service providers who require access to the information in order to fulfill their contractual duties relating to the Fund, to facilitate the review of the Portfolio’s by NRSROs, for the purpose of due diligence regarding a merger or acquisition, or for the purpose of effecting in-kind redemption of securities to facilitate orderly redemption of portfolio assets and minimal impact on remaining Portfolio shareholders, or to other persons approved by the Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) in accordance with the conditions described below that are part of the policies and procedures relating to disclosure of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. The Manager does not expect to disclose information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to the Portfolio’s individual or institutional investors or to intermediaries that distribute the Portfolio’s shares. Information may be disclosed with any frequency and any lag, as appropriate.

Before any non-public disclosure of information about the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings is permitted, however, the Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) must determine that the Portfolio has a legitimate business purpose for providing the portfolio holdings information, that the disclosure is in the best interests of the Portfolio’s shareholders, and that the recipient agrees or has a duty to keep the information confidential and agrees not to trade directly or indirectly based on the information or to use the information to form a specific recommendation about whether to invest in the Portfolio or any other security. Under no circumstances may the Manager or its affiliates receive any consideration or compensation for disclosing the information.

The Manager has established procedures to ensure that the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings information is only disclosed in accordance with these policies. Only the Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) may approve the disclosure, and then only if he or she and a designated senior officer in the Manager’s product management group determines that the disclosure serves a legitimate business purpose of the Portfolio and is in the best interest of the Portfolio’s shareholders. The Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) approves disclosure only after considering the anticipated benefits and costs to the Portfolio and its shareholders, the purpose of the disclosure, any conflicts of interest between the interests of the Portfolio and their shareholders and the interests of the Manager or any of its affiliates, and whether the disclosure is consistent with the policies and procedures governing disclosure. Only someone approved by the Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) may make approved disclosures of portfolio holdings information to authorized recipients. The Manager reserves the right to request certifications from senior officers of authorized recipients that the recipient is using the portfolio holdings information only in a manner consistent with the Manager’s policy and any applicable confidentiality agreement. The Manager’s Chief Compliance Officer (or his designee) or another member of the compliance team reports all arrangements to disclose portfolio holdings information to the Board on a quarterly basis. If the Board determines that disclosure was inappropriate, the Manager will promptly terminate the disclosure arrangement.

In accordance with these procedures, each of the following third parties have been approved to receive information concerning the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings: (i) the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, for use in providing audit opinions; (ii) Donnelley Financial Solutions, Inc., Data Communique International and, from time to time, other financial printers, for the purpose of preparing Fund regulatory filings; (iii) the Fund’s custodian in connection with its custody of the Portfolio’s assets; (iv) Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. for proxy voting services; (v) the Investment Company Institute, a trade association that

 

49


represents registered investment companies such as mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds, in connection with confidential industry matters; and (vi) data aggregators, such as Vestek. Information may be provided to these parties at any time with no time lag. Each of these parties is contractually and ethically prohibited from sharing the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings information unless specifically authorized.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Shares of the Portfolio are sold at the NAV next calculated after receipt of a purchase order. In order to purchase shares, an investor must fill out an application. A confirmation of each capital-share transaction is sent to the shareholder. The methods of purchase and redemption of shares and the methods used to value the Fund’s assets are more fully set forth in the Prospectus. The Fund may enter into arrangements with financial intermediaries permitted to accept purchase and redemption orders to allow these entities to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders.

The Portfolio may pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution in kind of securities held by the Portfolio, in lieu of cash. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash. The method of valuing portfolio securities is described under “Net Asset Value,” and this valuation is made as of the same time the redemption price is determined.

In order to open your account, the Fund or your broker-dealer or other financial intermediary is required to obtain certain information from you for identification purposes. This information may include name, date of birth, permanent residential address and social security/taxpayer identification number. It will not be possible to establish your account without this information. If the Fund or your broker-dealer or other financial intermediary is unable to verify the information provided, your account may be closed and other appropriate action may be taken as permitted by law.

Right to Restrict, Reject or Cancel Purchase and Exchange Orders

The Board has adopted policies and procedures designed to detect and deter frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares or excessive or short-term trading that may disadvantage long-term Fund shareholders. These policies are described below. The Fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel, without any prior notice, any purchase order for any reason, including any purchase order accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary.

The Fund may, but is not obligated to, temporarily delay the disbursement of redemption proceeds from an account held directly with the Portfolio by a Specified Adult (as defined below) if there is a reasonable belief that financial exploitation of the Specified Adult has occurred, is occurring, has been attempted, or will be attempted. The Fund will provide notice of this temporary delay, and it will be for an initial period of no more than 15 business days while the Fund conducts an internal review of the facts and circumstances of the suspected financial exploitation. If the internal review supports the Fund’s belief that actual or attempted financial exploitation has occurred or is occurring, the Fund may extend the hold for up to 10 additional business days. Both the initial and additional hold on the disbursement may be terminated or extended by a state regulator or an agency or court of competent jurisdiction. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Specified Adult” refers to an individual who is (A) a natural person age 65 and older; or (B) a natural person age 18 and older who is reasonably believed to have a mental or physical impairment that renders the individual unable to protect his or her own interests.

Risks Associated With Excessive or Short-Term Trading Generally

While the Fund will try to prevent market timing by utilizing the procedures described below, these procedures may not be successful in identifying or stopping excessive or short-term trading in all circumstances. By realizing profits through short-term trading, shareholders that engage in rapid purchases and sales or exchanges of the Portfolio’s shares dilute the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Volatility resulting from excessive purchases and sales or exchanges of Portfolio shares, especially involving large dollar amounts, may disrupt efficient portfolio management and cause the Fund to sell shares at inopportune times to raise cash to accommodate redemptions relating to short-term trading activity. In particular, the Portfolio may have difficulty implementing its long-term investment strategies if it is forced to maintain a higher level of its assets in cash to accommodate significant short-term trading activity. In addition, the Portfolio may incur increased administrative and other expenses due to excessive or short-term trading, including increased brokerage costs and realization of taxable capital gains.

Significant investments in foreign securities may be particularly susceptible to short-term trading strategies. This is because foreign securities are typically traded on markets that close well before the time the Portfolio calculates its NAV at the close of regular trading on the Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), which gives rise to the possibility that developments may have occurred in the interim that would affect the value of these securities. The time zone differences among international stock markets can allow a shareholder engaging in a short-term trading strategy to exploit differences in Portfolio share prices that are based on closing prices of foreign securities established some time before the Portfolio calculates its own share price (referred to as “time zone arbitrage”). The Fund has procedures, referred to as fair value pricing, designed to adjust closing market prices of foreign securities to reflect what is

 

50


believed to be the fair value of those securities at the time the Portfolio calculates its NAV. While there is no assurance, the Fund expects that the use of fair value pricing, in addition to the short-term trading policies discussed below, will significantly reduce a shareholder’s ability to engage in time zone arbitrage to the detriment of other Portfolio shareholders.

Investments in other types of securities may also be susceptible to short-term trading strategies. These investments include securities that are, among other things, thinly traded, traded infrequently, or lack liquidity, which have the risk that the current market price for the securities may not accurately reflect current market values. A shareholder may seek to engage in short-term trading to take advantage of these pricing differences (referred to as “price arbitrage”). All funds may be adversely affected by price arbitrage trading strategies.

Policy Regarding Short-Term Trading

Purchases and exchanges of shares of the Fund should be made for investment purposes only. The Fund seeks to prevent patterns of excessive purchases and sales or exchanges of fund shares. The Fund will seek to prevent such practices to the extent they are detected by the procedures described below. The Fund, the Manager and Bernstein LLC each reserve the right to modify this policy, including any surveillance or account blocking procedures established from time to time to effectuate this policy, at any time without notice.

 

   

Transaction Surveillance Procedures. The Fund, through its agent, Bernstein LLC, maintains surveillance procedures to detect excessive or short-term trading in Portfolio shares. This surveillance process involves several factors, which include scrutinizing transactions in Portfolio shares that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a specified period of time. Generally, more than two exchanges of Portfolio shares during any 60-day period or purchases of shares followed by a sale within 60 days will be identified by these surveillance procedures. For purposes of these transaction surveillance procedures, the Fund may consider trading activity in multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence. Trading activity identified by either, or a combination, of these factors, or as a result of any other information available at the time, will be evaluated to determine whether such activity might constitute excessive or short-term trading. With respect to managed or discretionary accounts for which the account owner gives his/her broker, investment adviser or other third-party authority to buy and sell Portfolio shares, the Portfolio may consider trades initiated by the account owner, such as trades initiated in connection with bona fide cash management purposes, separately in their analysis. These surveillance procedures may be modified from time to time, as necessary or appropriate to improve the detection of excessive or short-term trading or to address specific circumstances.

 

   

Account Blocking Procedures. If the Fund determines, in its sole discretion, that a particular transaction or pattern of transactions identified by the transaction surveillance procedures described above is excessive or short-term trading in nature, the Fund will take remedial action that may include issuing a warning, revoking certain account-related privileges (such as the ability to place purchase, sale and exchange orders over the internet or by phone) or prohibiting or “blocking” future purchase or exchange activity. However, sales of Portfolio shares back to the Portfolio or redemptions will continue to be permitted in accordance with the terms of the Portfolio’s current Prospectus. As a result, unless the shareholder redeems his or her shares, which may have consequences if the shares have declined in value or adverse tax consequences may result, the shareholder may be “locked” into an unsuitable investment. A blocked account will generally remain blocked for 90 days. Subsequent detections of excessive or short-term trading may result in an indefinite account block or an account block until the account holder or the associated broker, dealer or other financial intermediary provides evidence or assurance acceptable to the Fund that the account holder did not or will not in the future engage in excessive or short-term trading.

 

   

Applications of Surveillance Procedures and Restrictions to Omnibus Accounts. Omnibus account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the Portfolio, particularly among certain brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries, including sponsors of retirement plans and variable insurance products. The Fund applies its surveillance procedures to these omnibus account arrangements. As required by SEC rules, the Fund has entered into agreements with all of its financial intermediaries that require the financial intermediaries to provide the Fund, upon the request of the Fund or its agents, with individual account level information about their transactions. If the Fund detects excessive trading through its monitoring of omnibus accounts, including trading at the individual account level, the financial intermediaries will also execute instructions from the Fund to take actions to curtail the activity, which may include applying blocks to accounts to prohibit future purchases and exchanges of Portfolio shares. For certain retirement plan accounts, the Fund may request that the retirement plan or other intermediary revoke the relevant participant’s privilege to effect transactions in Portfolio shares via the internet or telephone, in which case the relevant participant must submit future transaction orders via the U.S. Postal Service (i.e., regular mail).

 

51


CODE OF ETHICS AND PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

The Fund, the Manager and the Distributor have each adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

The Fund has adopted the Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The Manager’s proxy policies and procedures are attached as Appendix B.

Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies related to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 227-4618; or on or through the Fund’s website at www.abglobal.com; or both; and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

TAXES

The Fund intends the Portfolio to continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Currently, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must generally, among other things, (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of securities or foreign currencies, currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income), and certain other related income (the “90% test”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each fiscal quarter, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Portfolio’s total assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Portfolio’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer, other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies, or the securities of two or more issuers of which the Portfolio owns 20% or more of the voting stock and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “diversification requirements”). As a regulated investment company, the Portfolio will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable net investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Portfolio must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income, plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Portfolio will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its registered holders of its shares. It is possible that certain partnerships in which the Portfolio may invest could be considered qualified publicly traded partnerships and, therefore, the extent to which the Portfolio may invest in partnerships, including master limited partnerships, is limited by its intention to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code. In addition, although the passive loss rules of the Code do not generally apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the Portfolio’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

If, in any taxable year, the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the Portfolio in computing its taxable income. The Portfolio may be able to cure a failure to satisfy the 90% test or the diversification requirements by paying a tax, by disposing of certain assets or by paying a tax and disposing of assets. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Portfolio’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Portfolio’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Portfolio may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Portfolio had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

In certain situations, the Portfolio may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its capital losses and currency losses realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses and other post-December ordinary losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and other post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain,

which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

 

52


The Portfolio intends to distribute to the registered holders of its shares all of its net investment income, which includes dividends and interest as well as net short-term capital gains, if any, in excess of any net long-term capital losses and any net long-term capital gains, if any, in excess of any net short-term capital losses. The Code requires all regulated investment companies (such as the Portfolio) to pay a nondeductible 4% excise tax to the extent the regulated investment company does not distribute 98% of its ordinary income, determined on a calendar-year basis, and 98.2% of its capital gains, determined, in general, as if a taxable year ended on October 31. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Portfolio that is subject to corporate income tax would be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The Portfolio intends to distribute its income and capital gains in the manner necessary to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The current policy of the Portfolio is to declare ordinary income dividends daily and pay them monthly and to pay capital-gains distributions annually. In determining amounts of capital gains to be distributed, generally any capital loss carryovers from prior periods will be offset against capital gains. Capital loss carryovers do not expire and retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses.

In the event that the Portfolio were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Code, the Portfolio’s loss carryforwards if any may be subject to limitation. Gains or losses on sales of securities by the Portfolio are long-term capital gains or losses to the Portfolio if the securities have been held for more than one year. Other gains or losses on the sale of securities are short-term capital gains or losses. Special rules applicable to gains and losses on futures and options are discussed below.

Dividends and other distributions by the Portfolio are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the Portfolio in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Portfolio not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Portfolio during January of the following calendar year.

Distributions of investment company taxable income and net capital gains are taxable to shareholders subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of whether the shareholder receives such distributions in additional shares or in cash. Distributions of net long-term capital gains, if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of whether the shareholder receives such distributions in additional shares or in cash or how long the investor has held his shares. All other dividends paid by the Portfolio (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Certain dividends received by non-corporate shareholders (including individuals, trusts and estates) may be eligible for the long-term capital gains tax rates (15% or 20% for individuals, trusts and estates, depending on whether their incomes exceed certain threshold amounts, which are adjusted annually for inflation), provided that the non-corporate shareholder receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. However, such rates generally will not apply to dividends received from the Portfolio.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends and long-term capital gains distributed to you during the prior year.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the Portfolio’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the Portfolio, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the Portfolio as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the Portfolio that are attributable to dividends received by the Portfolio from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

 

53


Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Portfolio is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the Portfolio’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the Portfolio acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Portfolio may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

The Portfolio may invest in debt securities issued at a discount or providing for deferred interest, which may result in income to the Portfolio equal, generally, to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (“original issue discount”) each year that the securities are held, even though the Portfolio receives no actual interest payments thereon. Original issue discount is treated as income earned by the Portfolio and, therefore, is subject to distribution requirements of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies. Since the original issue discount income earned by the Portfolio in a taxable year may not be represented by cash income, the Portfolio may have to dispose of securities, which it might otherwise have continued to hold, to generate cash in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

The Portfolio may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of the tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount.

Gain or loss realized by the Portfolio from a closing transaction with respect to options written by the Portfolio, or gain from the lapse of any such option, will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Gain or loss realized by the Portfolio from options (other than options that are Section 1256 contracts, as described below) purchased by the Portfolio, as well as loss attributable to the lapse of such options, will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending upon whether the Portfolio held the particular option for more than one year.

The Code includes special rules applicable to certain forward contracts and to certain exchange-listed options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts which the Portfolio may write, purchase or sell. Such forward contracts, options and futures contracts are classified as Section 1256 contracts under the Code. The gain or loss resulting from the sale, disposition, closing out, expiration or other termination of Section 1256 contracts, other than certain foreign currency forward options and futures contracts (as discussed below), generally is treated as long-term capital gain or loss taxable at the lower capital-gains tax rate to the extent of 60% thereof and short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% thereof. These contracts, when held by the Portfolio at the end of a fiscal year (or, for purposes of the excise tax, at the end of a period ending on October 31) generally are required to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as sold at fair market value on the last business day of the fiscal year (“marked to market”). Any net mark-to-market gains may have to be distributed to satisfy the distribution requirements referred to above even though the Portfolio may receive no corresponding cash amounts, possibly requiring the disposition of portfolio securities or borrowing to obtain the necessary cash.

Certain Section 1256 contracts and certain other transactions undertaken by the Portfolio may result in “straddles” for federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains (or losses) realized by the Portfolio. In addition, losses realized by the Portfolio on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating the taxable income for the taxable year in which such losses are realized. Further, the Portfolio may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the tax consequences of straddle transactions to the Portfolio are not entirely clear. The straddle transactions may increase the amount of short-term capital gain recognized by the Portfolio.

 

54


The Portfolio may make one or more of the elections available under the Code which are applicable to straddles. If the Portfolio makes any of such elections, the amount, character and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions will be determined under rules that vary according to the election(s) made. The rules applicable under certain of the elections may accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions. Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions and require the capitalization of interest expense, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain by the Portfolio may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a portfolio that did not engage in such hedging transactions.

The diversification requirements applicable to the Portfolio’s assets and other restrictions imposed on the Portfolio by the Code may limit the extent to which the Portfolio will be able to engage in transactions in forward contracts, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Portfolio may make or receive periodic net payments. The Portfolio may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or loss, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Portfolio has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the Portfolio may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Under Code Section 988, foreign currency gains or losses from certain foreign currency contracts (such as forward, futures and option contracts) that are not Section 1256 contracts will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss; however, the Portfolio may, under certain circumstances, make an election pursuant to Section 988(a)(1)(B) to treat such gain or loss as a capital gain or loss. In general, in the event such election is made, treatment of a gain or loss as long-term or short-term will depend upon the Portfolio’s holding period with respect to such contracts. Gains or losses on the disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security and the date of disposition are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Also, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which occur between the time the Portfolio accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Portfolio actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. The gains or losses described above that are treated as ordinary income or loss may increase or decrease the amount of the Portfolio’s investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than increasing or decreasing the amount of the Portfolio’s capital gains or losses. Additionally, if Code Section 988 ordinary losses exceed other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, the Portfolio would not be able to make any ordinary dividend distributions, and any distributions made before the losses were realized but in the same taxable year would be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders, thereby reducing each shareholder’s basis in the shares. Ordinary losses in excess of other investment company taxable income may not be carried forward to offset investment company taxable income in future years.

Income received by the Portfolio in respect of foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

If more than 50% of the Portfolio’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Portfolio may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The Portfolio may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the Portfolio were to make an election, shareholders of the Portfolio would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the Portfolio will report to its shareholders the amount per share of such foreign income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount which will be available for the deduction or credit. No deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Certain limitations will be imposed on the extent to which the credit (but not the deduction) for foreign taxes may be claimed.

If the Portfolio purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Portfolio to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Portfolio in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

 

55


If the Portfolio were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Portfolio might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Portfolio, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the Portfolio would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the Portfolio may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the Portfolio being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Portfolio would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Portfolio and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the Portfolio could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Portfolio may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The Portfolio will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Certain types of income received by the Portfolio from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), REMICs, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Portfolio to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Portfolio shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the Portfolio to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are Portfolio shareholders.

Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares by the Portfolio will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the Portfolio, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of the Portfolio share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Portfolio, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires, before January 31 of the following year, shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Under Treasury Regulations, the Portfolio is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury 24% of dividend and capital-gains income from the accounts of certain U.S. shareholders unless such U.S. shareholders provide their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and otherwise comply with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. shareholder who does not provide his correct TIN may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the Portfolio to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

A 3.8 percent Medicare contribution tax is imposed on net investment income, including interest, dividends, and capital gain, of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 (or $250,000 if married filing jointly), and of estates and trusts.

 

56


If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Portfolio’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

A foreign shareholder generally is subject to dividend tax withholding at the 30% rate or at a lower applicable treaty rate on ordinary income dividends from the Portfolio. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Portfolio.

Properly designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Distributions that the Portfolio reports as “short-term capital gain dividends” or “long-term capital gain dividends” will not be treated as such to a recipient foreign shareholder if the distribution is attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property or an interest in a U.S. real property holding corporation (including a REIT dividend attributable to such gain) and the Portfolio’s direct or indirect interests in U.S. real property exceeded certain levels. Instead, if the foreign shareholder has not owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio at any time during the one year period ending on the date of distribution, such distributions will be subject to 30% withholding by the Portfolio and will be treated as ordinary dividends to the foreign shareholder; if the foreign shareholder owned more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio at any time during the one year period ending on the date of the distribution, such distribution will be treated as real property gain subject to 21% withholding tax and could subject the foreign shareholder to U.S. filing requirements. Additionally, if the Portfolio’s direct or indirect interests in U.S. real property were to exceed certain levels, a foreign shareholder realizing gains upon redemption from the Portfolio could be subject to the 21% withholding tax and U.S. filing requirements unless the foreign person had not held more than 5% of the Portfolio’s outstanding shares throughout either such person’s holding period for the redeemed shares or, if shorter, the previous five years.

The rules laid out in the previous paragraph, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding a foreign shareholder’s participation or the Portfolio’s participation in a wash sale transaction or the payment of a substitute dividend.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on dividends, interest and other income items paid to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information including the names, addresses and TINs of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and determine certain other information as to their account holders, or (ii) in the event that an applicable intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address, and TIN of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

 

57


Shares of the Portfolio held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the United States and subject to the U.S. estate tax, if applicable.

The discussion in the Prospectus, together with the foregoing, is a general summary of the tax consequences of investments in the Portfolio. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the effect of investments in the Portfolio upon their individual tax situations.

Cost Basis Reporting. Mutual funds are required to report to the IRS the “cost basis” of shares acquired by a shareholder on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”) and subsequently redeemed. These requirements do not apply to investments through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement plan. The “cost basis” of a share is generally its purchase price adjusted for dividends, return of capital, and other corporate actions. Cost basis is used to determine whether a sale of the shares results in a gain or loss. The amount of gain or loss recognized by a shareholder on the sale or redemption of shares is generally the difference between the cost basis of such shares and their sale price. If you redeem covered shares during any year, then the Portfolio will report the cost basis of such covered shares to the IRS and you on Form 1099-B along with the gross proceeds received on the redemption, the gain or loss realized on such redemption and the holding period on the redeemed shares.

Your cost basis in your covered shares is permitted to be calculated using any one of three alternative methods: Average Cost, First In-First Out (FIFO) and Specific Share Identification. You may elect which method you want to use by notifying the Portfolio. This election may be revoked or changed by you at any time up to the date of your first redemption of covered shares. If you do not affirmatively elect a cost basis method then the Portfolio’s default cost basis calculation method, which is currently the Average Cost method, will be applied to your account(s). The default method will also be applied to all new accounts established unless otherwise requested.

If you hold Portfolio shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to the reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

You are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the new cost basis reporting rules and, in particular, which cost basis calculation method you should elect.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, COUNSEL, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), whose address is State Street Corporation CCB/5, One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, acts as the Fund’s custodian (the “Custodian”) for the assets of the Fund and as its accounting agent but plays no part in deciding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. Foreign securities and currency owned by the Fund may be held by foreign subcustodians of State Street retained for such purpose in accordance with the 1940 Act. DST Asset Manager Solutions, 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169, serves as Transfer Agent, and in that capacity maintains certain books and records pursuant to an agreement within the Fund.

The law firm of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, acts as counsel to the Fund.

Ernst & Young LLP, One Manhattan West, New York, New York 10001, has been selected as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the annual financial statements of the Portfolio. Shareholders will be sent audited annual and unaudited semiannual reports that include financial statements, including a schedule of investments. The Portfolio’s September 30, 2022 audited financial statements included in its 2022 annual report are incorporated herein by reference. You may request a copy of the annual report by writing to or telephoning (collect) the Fund at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, (212) 756-4097.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The shares of the Portfolio have no preemptive or conversion rights. Shares are fully paid and nonassessable and redeemable at the option of the shareholder and have a par value of $0.001. Shares are also redeemable at the option of the Fund, if the NAV of a shareholder’s account is less than $1,000.

 

58


Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, the Board may also authorize the creation of additional classes of shares of the Portfolio or series of shares (the proceeds of which may be invested in separate, independently managed portfolios) with such preferences, privileges, limitations and voting and dividend rights as the Board may determine.

Shareholders have certain rights, including the right to call a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting on the removal of one or more Directors. Such removal can be effected upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast. The shareholders of the Portfolio are entitled to a full vote for each full share held and to the appropriate fractional vote for each fractional share. A matter that affects the Portfolio will not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast. The voting rights of the shareholders are not cumulative. In order to avoid unnecessary expenses, the Fund does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders.

To the knowledge of the Fund, the following persons or entities owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the Portfolio’s shares as of January 3, 2023:

 

Portfolio

  

Name and Address

   No. of Shares
of Class
     % of
Class
 

Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio

  

Rimbaud Holdings LLC

Baudelaire Trust

c/o IRA Jolles

610 West End Avenue, Apt. 11C

New York, NY 10024-1648

     2,782,382.038        5.26

Intermediate Duration Institutional Portfolio

  

CSA Compensation Accrual Fund

Mark Cannizzaro, Trustee, Et Al

40 Rector Street, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10006-1729

     2,735,239.860        5.17

 

 

59


APPENDIX A

BOND RATINGS

The following is a summary of published ratings by certain NRSROs. The Manager generally uses ratings issued by such NRSROs but may rely on ratings from other NRSROs, depending on the security in question. The rating of an issuer is heavily weighted by past developments and does not necessarily reflect probable future conditions. While NRSROs may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so. NRSROs may also fail to change credit ratings to reflect subsequent events on a timely basis.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”)

Aaa—Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality and are subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa—Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Bonds which are rated A are judged to be upper-medium-grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Bonds which are rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Bonds which are rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Bonds which are rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note—Moody’s applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of its generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”)

AAA—Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—Debt rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A—Debt rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

 

A-1


BBB—Debt rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, C—Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC or C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB—Debt rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative debt. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B—Debt rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC—Debt rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CC—Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The CC rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C—Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D—Debt rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

Plus (+) or Minus (-)—Ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

NR—NR indicates that a rating has not been assigned or is no longer assigned.

Fitch Ratings

AAA—Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk and are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The AA ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk and indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A—Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The A ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB—Bonds considered to be investment grade and of good credit quality. The BBB ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

A-2


BB—Bonds are considered speculative and are indicative of an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B—Bonds are considered highly speculative. The B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC—Bonds are considered to have substantial credit risk.

CC—Bonds are considered to have very high levels of credit risk.

C—Bonds are considered to have exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations are typically rated in the CCC to C rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Plus (+) Minus (-)—Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the AAA category or in categories below CCC.

DBRS Morningstar

AAA—Long-term debt rated AAA is of the highest credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

AA—Long-term debt rated AA is of superior credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high. Credit quality differs from AAA only to a small degree. Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

A—Long-term debt rated A is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than AA. May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

BBB—Long-term debt rated BBB is of adequate credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable. May be vulnerable to future events.

BB—Long-term debt rated BB is of speculative, non-investment grade credit quality. The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain. Vulnerable to future events.

B—Long-term debt rated B is of highly speculative credit quality. There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

CCC, CC and C—Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is of very highly speculative credit quality. In danger of defaulting on financial obligations. There is little difference between these three categories, although CC and C ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the CCC to B range. Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the C category.

D—When the issuer has filed under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or winding up statute or there is a failure to satisfy an obligation after the exhaustion of grace periods, a downgrade to D may occur. DBRS Morningstar may also use SD (Selective Default) in cases where only some securities are impacted, such as the case of a “distressed exchange.”

All rating categories other than AAA and D also contain subcategories “(high)” and “(low).” The absence of either a “(high)” or “(low)” designation indicates the rating is in the middle of the category.

Kroll Bond Rating Agency (“KBRA”)

AAA—Determined to have almost no risk of loss due to credit-related events. Assigned only to the very highest quality obligors and obligations able to survive extremely challenging economic events.

AA—Determined to have minimal risk of loss due to credit-related events. Such obligors and obligations are deemed very high quality.

A—Determined to be of high quality with a small risk of loss due to credit-related events. Issuers and obligations in this category are expected to weather difficult times with low credit losses.

BBB—Determined to be of medium quality with some risk of loss due to credit-related events. Such issuers and obligations may experience credit losses during stressed environments.

 

A-3


BB—Determined to be of low quality with moderate risk of loss due to credit-related events. Such issuers and obligations have fundamental weaknesses that create moderate credit risk.

B—Determined to be of very low quality with high risk of loss due to credit-related events. These issuers and obligations contain many fundamental shortcomings that create significant credit risk.

CCC—Determined to be at substantial risk of loss due to credit-related events, near default or in default with high recovery expectations.

CC—Determined to be near default or in default with average recovery expectations.

C—Determined to be near default or in default with low recovery expectations.

D—KBRA defines default as occurring if: (1) there is a missed interest payment, principal payment, or preferred dividend payment, as applicable, on a rated obligation which is unlikely to be recovered; (2) the rated entity files for protection from creditors, is placed into receivership, or is closed by regulators such that a missed payment is likely to result; (3) the rated entity seeks and completes a distressed exchange, where existing rated obligations are replaced by new obligations with a diminished economic value.

KBRA may append - or + modifiers to ratings in categories AA through CCC to indicate, respectively, upper and lower risk levels within the broader category.

 

 

A-4


APPENDIX B

STATEMENT OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR PROXY VOTING

Proxy Voting and Governance Policy Statement

Introduction

AllianceBernstein L.P.’s (“AB,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms) mission is to work in our clients’ best interests to deliver better investment outcomes through differentiated research insights and innovative portfolio solutions. As a fiduciary and investment adviser, we place the interests of our clients first and treat all our clients fairly and equitably, and we have an obligation to responsibly allocate, manage and oversee their investments to seek sustainable, long-term shareholder value. AB has authority to vote proxies relating to securities in certain client portfolios and, accordingly, AB’s fiduciary obligations extend to AB’s exercise of such proxy voting authority for each client AB has agreed to exercise that duty. AB’s general policy is to vote proxy proposals, amendments, consents or resolutions relating to client securities, including interests in private investment funds, if any (collectively, “proxies”), in a manner that serves the best interests of each respective client as determined by AB in its discretion, after consideration of the relevant clients’ investment strategies, and in accordance with this Proxy Voting and Governance Policy (“Proxy Voting and Governance Policy” or “Policy”) and the operative agreements governing the relationship with each respective client (“Governing Agreements”). This Policy outlines our principles for proxy voting, includes a wide range of issues that often appear on voting ballots, and applies to all of AB’s internally managed assets, globally. It is intended for use by those involved in the proxy voting decision-making process and those responsible for the administration of proxy voting (“members of Responsible Investing team”), in order to ensure that this Policy and its procedures are implemented consistently.

To be effective stewards of our client’s investments and maximize shareholder value, we need to vote proxies on behalf of our clients responsibly. This Policy forms part of a suite of policies and frameworks beginning with AB’s Stewardship Statement that outline our approach to responsibility, responsible investing, stewardship, engagement, climate change, human rights, global slavery and human trafficking, and controversial investments. Proxy voting is an integral part of this process, enabling us to support strong corporate governance structures, shareholder rights, transparency and disclosure, and encourage corporate action on material environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) and climate issues.

This Policy is overseen by the Proxy Voting and Governance Committee (“Proxy Voting and Governance Committee” or “Committee”), which provides oversight and includes senior representatives from Equities, Fixed Income, Responsibility, Legal and Operations. It is the responsibility of the Committee to evaluate and maintain proxy voting procedures and guidelines, to evaluate proposals and issues not covered by these guidelines, to consider changes in the Policy, and to review the Policy no less frequently than annually. In addition, the Committee meets at least three times a year and as necessary to address special situations.

Research Underpins Decision Making

As a research-driven firm, we approach our proxy voting responsibilities with the same commitment to rigorous research and engagement that we apply to all our investment activities. The different investment philosophies utilized by our investment teams may occasionally result in different conclusions being drawn regarding certain proposals and, in turn, may result in the members of the Responsible Investing team making different voting decisions on the same proposal. Nevertheless, the members of the Responsible Investing team vote proxies with the goal of maximizing the value of the securities in client portfolios.

In addition to our firm-wide proxy voting policies, we have a Proxy Voting and Governance Committee, which provides oversight and includes senior investment professionals from Equities, Legal personnel and Operations personnel. It is the responsibility of the Proxy Voting and Governance Committee to evaluate and maintain proxy voting procedures and guidelines, to evaluate proposals and issues not covered by these guidelines, to consider changes in policy, and to review this Statement and the Policy no less frequently than annually. In addition, the Proxy Voting and Governance Committee meets at least three times a year and as necessary to address special situations.

Research Services

We subscribe to the corporate governance and proxy research services of vendors such as Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis at different levels. All our investment professionals can access these materials via the members of the Responsible Investing team and/or the Proxy Voting and Governance Committee.

 

B-1


Engagement

In evaluating proxy issues and determining our votes, we welcome and seek out the points of view of various parties. Internally, the members of the Responsible Investing team may consult the Proxy Voting and Governance Committee, Chief Investment Officers, Directors of Research, and/or Research Analysts across our equities platforms, and Portfolio Managers in whose managed accounts a stock is held. Externally, we may engage with companies in advance of their Annual General Meeting, and throughout the year. We believe engagement provides the opportunity to share our philosophy, our corporate governance values, and more importantly, affect positive change. Also, these meetings often are joint efforts between the investment professionals, who are best positioned to comment on company-specific details, and the members of the Responsible Investing team, who offer a more holistic view of governance practices and relevant trends. In addition, we engage with shareholder proposal proponents and other stakeholders to understand different viewpoints and objectives.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Our proxy voting guidelines are both principles-based and rules-based. We adhere to a core set of principles that are described in the Proxy Voting and Governance Policy. We assess each proxy proposal in light of these principles. Our proxy voting “litmus test” will always be what we view as most likely to maximize long-term shareholder value. We believe that authority and accountability for setting and executing corporate policies, goals and compensation generally should rest with the board of directors and senior management. In return, we support strong investor rights that allow shareholders to hold directors and management accountable if they fail to act in the best interests of shareholders.

Our proxy voting guidelines pertaining to specific issues are set forth in the Policy and include guidelines relating to board and director proposals, compensation proposals, capital changes and anti-takeover proposals, auditor proposals, shareholder access and voting proposals, and environmental, social and disclosure proposals. The following are examples of specific issues within each of these broad categories:

Board and Director Proposals: Election of Directors

The election of directors is an important vote. We expect directors to represent shareholder interests at the company and maximize shareholder value. We generally vote in favor of the management-proposed slate of directors while considering a number of factors, including local market best practice. We believe companies should have a majority of independent directors and independent key committees. However, we will incorporate local market regulation and corporate governance codes into our decision making. We may support more progressive requirements than those implemented in a local market if we believe more progressive requirements may improve corporate governance practices. We will generally regard a director as independent if the director satisfies the criteria for independence (i) espoused by the primary exchange on which the company’s shares are traded, or (ii) set forth in the code we determine to be best practice in the country where the subject company is domiciled and may take into account affiliations, related-party transactions and prior service to the company. We consider the election of directors who are “bundled” on a single slate to be a poor governance practice and vote on a case-by-case basis considering the amount of information available and an assessment of the group’s qualifications.

Capital Changes and Anti-Takeover Proposals: Authorize Share Repurchase

We generally support share repurchase proposals that are part of a well-articulated and well-conceived capital strategy. We assess proposals to give the board unlimited authorization to repurchase shares on a case-by-case basis. Furthermore, we would generally support the use of derivative instruments (e.g., put options and call options) as part of a share repurchase plan absent a compelling reason to the contrary. Also, absent a specific concern at the company, we will generally support a repurchase plan that could be continued during a takeover period.

Auditor Proposals: Appointment of Auditors

We believe that the company is in the best position to choose its accounting firm, and we generally support management’s recommendation.

We recognize that there may be inherent conflicts when a company’s independent auditors perform substantial non-audit related services for the company. Therefore, in reviewing a proposed auditor, we will consider the amount of fees paid for non-audit related services performed compared to the total audit fees paid by the company to the auditing firm, and whether there are any other reasons for us to question the independence or performance of the firm’s auditor such as, for example, tenure. We generally will deem as excessive the non-audit fees paid by a company to its auditor if those fees account for 50% or more of total fees paid. In the U.K. market, which utilizes a different standard, we adhere to a non-audit fee cap of 100% of audit fees. Under these circumstances, we

 

B-2


generally vote against the auditor and the directors, in particular the members of the company’s audit committee. In addition, we generally vote against authorizing the audit committee to set the remuneration of such auditors. We exclude from this analysis non-audit fees related to IPOs, bankruptcy emergence, and spin-offs and other extraordinary events. We may vote against or abstain due to a lack of disclosure of the name of the auditor while taking into account local market practice.

Shareholder Access and Voting Proposals: Proxy Access for Annual Meetings

These proposals allow “qualified shareholders” to nominate directors. We generally vote in favor of management and shareholder proposals for proxy access that employ guidelines reflecting the SEC framework for proxy access (adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in 2010, but vacated by the DC Circuit Court of Appeals in 2011), which would have allowed a single shareholder, or group of shareholders, who hold at least 3% of the voting power for at least three years continuously to nominate up to 25% of the current board seats, or two directors, for inclusion in the subject company’s annual proxy statement alongside management nominees.

We may vote against proposals that use requirements that are stricter than the SEC’s framework including implementing restrictions and against individual board members, or entire boards, who exclude from their ballot properly submitted shareholder proxy access proposals or include their own competing, more strict, proposals on the same ballot.

We will evaluate on a case-by-case basis proposals with less stringent requirements than the vacated SEC framework.

From time to time we may receive requests to join with other shareholders to support a shareholder action. We may, for example, receive requests to join a voting block for purposes of influencing management. If the third parties requesting our participation are not affiliated with us and have no business relationships with us, we will consider the request on a case-by-case basis. However, where the requesting party has a business relationship with us (e.g., the requesting party is a client or a significant service provider), agreeing to such a request may pose a potential conflict of interest. As a fiduciary we have an obligation to vote proxies in the best interest of our clients (without regard to our own interests in generating and maintaining business with our other clients) and given our desire to avoid even the appearance of a conflict, we will generally decline such a request.

Environmental, Social and Disclosure Proposals: Lobbying and Political Spending

We generally vote in favor of proposals requesting increased disclosure of political contributions and lobbying expenses, including those paid to trade organizations and political action committees, whether at the federal, state, or local level. These proposals may increase transparency.

We generally vote proposals in accordance with these guidelines but, consistent with our “principles-based” approach to proxy voting, we may deviate from the guidelines if warranted by the specific facts and circumstances of the situation (i.e., if, under the circumstances, we believe that deviating from our stated policy is necessary to help maximize long-term shareholder value). In addition, these guidelines are not intended to address all issues that may appear on all proxy ballots. Proposals not specifically addressed by these guidelines, whether submitted by management or shareholders, will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, always keeping in mind our fiduciary duty to make voting decisions that, by maximizing long-term shareholder value, are in our clients’ best interests.

Conflicts of Interest

As a fiduciary, we always must act in our clients’ best interests. We strive to avoid even the appearance of a conflict that may compromise the trust our clients have placed in us, and we insist on strict adherence to fiduciary standards and compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. We have adopted a comprehensive Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code”) to help us meet these obligations. As part of this responsibility and as expressed throughout the Code, we place the interests of our clients first and attempt to avoid any perceived or actual conflicts of interest.

We recognize that there may be a potential material conflict of interest when we vote a proxy solicited by an issuer that sponsors a retirement plan we manage (or administer), that distributes AB-sponsored mutual funds, or with which we or one or more of our employees have another business or personal relationship that may affect how we vote on the issuer’s proxy. Similarly, we may have a potential material conflict of interest when deciding how to vote on a proposal sponsored or supported by a shareholder group that is a client. In order to avoid any perceived or actual conflict of interest, we have established procedures for use when we encounter a potential conflict to ensure that our voting decisions are based on our clients’ best interests and are not the product of a conflict. These procedures include compiling a list of companies and organizations whose proxies may pose potential conflicts of interest (e.g., if such company is our client) and reviewing our proposed votes for these companies and organizations in light of the Policy and proxy advisors’ recommendations. If our proposed vote is contrary to, or not contemplated in, the Policy, we refer the proposed vote to our Conflicts Officer for his determination.

 

B-3


In addition, our Proxy Voting and Governance Committee takes reasonable steps to verify that our primary proxy advisor, ISS, continues to be independent, including an annual review of ISS’s conflict management procedures. When reviewing these conflict management procedures, we consider, among other things, whether ISS (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues; and (ii) can offer research in an impartial manner and in the best interests of our clients.

Voting Transparency

We publish our voting records on our Internet site (www.alliancebernstein.com) one business day after the company’s shareholder meeting date. Many clients have requested that we provide them with periodic reports on how we voted their proxies. Clients may obtain information about how we voted proxies on their behalf by contacting their Advisor. Alternatively, clients may make a written request to the Chief Compliance Officer.

Recordkeeping

All of the records referenced in our Policy will be kept in an easily accessible place for at least the length of time required by local regulation and custom, and, if such local regulation requires that records are kept for less than six-plus years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, we will follow the U.S. rule of five years. If the local regulation requires that records are kept for more than six years, we will comply with the local regulation. We maintain the vast majority of these records electronically.

 

B-4


PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28.

Exhibits.

 

(a)    Articles of Incorporation of Sanford C. Bernstein Fund II, Inc. (the “Fund”) dated February 7, 2002 – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2002.
(b)(i)    By-Laws of the Fund – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 2002.
(b)(ii)    Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Fund dated July 14, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(i) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 1, 2005.
(c)    Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders – Incorporated by reference to Exhibits (a) and (b) above.
(d)(1)    Form of Advisory Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(d)(2)    Form of Amendment to the Advisory Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(2) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2018.
(d)(3)    Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and AllianceBernstein L.P. dated November 13, 2019 – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2020.
(e)    Form of Distribution Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(e)(1)    Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC dated November 13, 2019 – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e)(1) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2021.
(f)    Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts – Not applicable.
(g)(1)    Form of Custodian Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(g)(2)    Form of Custodian Agreement between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(2) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 2009.
(h)(1)(i)    Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(h)(2)    Expense Limitation Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(h)(3)    Management Fee Waiver Undertaking with respect to the AB Government Money Market Portfolio – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 75 of the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Sanford C. Bernstein Fund, Inc. (File Nos. 33-21844 and 811-05555), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 2018.
(i)    Opinion of Counsel. (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 31, 2007.

 

- 1 -


(j)(1)    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—filed herewith.
(j)(2)    Consent of Counsel—filed herewith.
(j)(3)    Powers of Attorney for Michael J. Downey, Nancy P. Jacklin, Robert M. Keith, Carol C. McMullen, Garry L. Moody, Marshall C. Turner, Jr. and Earl D. Weiner – Incorporated by reference to Other Exhibits to Post-Effective Amendment No. 165 of the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of AB Bond Fund, Inc. (File Nos. 2-48227 and 811-02383), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 2017.
(j)(4)    Power of Attorney for Jeanette W. Loeb – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(4) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2021.
(j)(5)    Power of Attorney for Jorge A. Bermudez – Incorporated by reference to Other Exhibits to Post-Effective Amendment No. 200 of the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of AB Bond Fund, Inc. (File Nos. 2-48227 and 811-02383), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2020.
(j)(6)    Power of Attorney for Onur Erzan - Incorporated by reference to Other Exhibits (4) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 of the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of The AB Portfolios (File Nos. 33-12988 and 811-05088), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1, 2021.
(k)    Omitted Financial Statements – Not applicable.
(l)    Initial Capital Agreement – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (l) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File Nos. 333-82336 and 811-21034) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2002.
(m)    Rule 12b-1 Plan – Not applicable.
(n)    Rule 18f-3 Plan – Not applicable.
(o)    Reserved.
(p)(1)    Code of Ethics – Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 of the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of AB Large Cap Growth Fund, Inc. (File Nos. 33-49530 and 811-6730) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 2009.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document—the instance document does not appear on the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

Item 29.

Persons Controlled By or Under Common Control with Fund. None

 

Item 30.

Indemnification.

As permitted by Section 17(h) and (i) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and pursuant to Article VIII of the Fund’s By-Laws, directors, officers and employees of the Fund will be indemnified to the full extent permitted by Maryland General Corporation Law. Article VIII provides that nothing therein contained protects any director or officer of the Fund against any liability to the Fund or its stockholders to which the director or officer would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. Maryland General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of service in that capacity, against, judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with the proceeding, unless it is proved that: (i) an act or omission by the director, officer, employee or agent that was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding was committed in bad faith or the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the director, employee, or agent actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property, or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director, employee or agent had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Maryland law does not permit indemnification in respect of any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director shall have been held liable to the corporation.

As permitted by Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, pursuant to Section 8 of the Distribution Agreement, the Fund may be indemnified against certain liabilities which it may incur.

 

- 2 -


Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Fund pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Fund has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Fund of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Fund in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person, the Fund will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Fund has purchased an insurance policy insuring its officers and directors against certain liabilities, and certain costs of defending claims against such officers and directors, to the extent such officers and directors are not found to have committed conduct constituting conflict of interest, intentional non-compliance with statutes or regulations or dishonest, fraudulent or criminal acts or omissions. The insurance policy also insures the Fund against the cost of indemnification payments to officers and directors under certain circumstances. Insurance will not be purchased that protects, or purports to protect, any officer or director from liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of duty.

Section 4 of the Advisory Agreement limits the liability of the Manager to loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Manager of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

Section 8 of the Distribution Agreement limits the liability of Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC to loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement.

The Fund hereby undertakes that it will apply the indemnification provisions of its By-Laws, and the Advisory Agreement and Distribution Agreement in a manner consistent with Release No. 11330 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act so long as the interpretation of Sections 17(h) and 17(i) of such Act remains in effect and is consistently applied.

 

Item 31.

Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

See “Management of the Fund – Manager” in the Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference and “Management of the Portfolio – Investment Manager” in the Prospectus, constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32.

Principal Underwriter.

(a) Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC is the Distributor for the Fund. It also serves as Distributor for Bernstein Fund, Inc. and Sanford C. Bernstein Fund, Inc.

(b) The following are the Directors and/or Officers of Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC, the principal place of business of which is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.

 

NAME

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES

WITH UNDERWRITER

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES

WITH REGISTRANT

van Brugge, Robert P.    Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
Bertan, Laurence    Chief Compliance Officer   
Krueger, Gary    Director, Chief Financial Officer   
Russo, Tuppence    Director, Senior Vice President and Head of Wealth Management Infrastructure   
Polidori, John    Director, Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer   
Lesser, David M.    Corporate Secretary   
Gilde, Fredric L.    Assistant Secretary   
Manley, Mark R.    Assistant Secretary   
Emerson, Paul    Assistant Secretary   
White, Matthew    Assistant Secretary   
An, Penghui    Senior Vice President   
Erik Bass    Senior Vice President   
Bershova, Nataliya    Senior Vice President   

 

- 3 -


Bolu, Christian    Senior Vice President   
Brackett, Robert A.    Senior Vice President   
Browning, Robert C.    Senior Vice President   
Chen, Xinzhong    Senior Vice President   
Charlene Chu    Senior Vice President   
Cochrane, Geoffrey    Senior Vice President   
Collins, Dwight    Senior Vice President   
Day, Beth Ann    Senior Vice President   
Foran, Brian    Senior Vice President   
Gilde, Fredric    Senior Vice President   
Gildea, Maryclare    Senior Vice President   
Harned, Douglas S.    Senior Vice President   
Howard, Alexia    Senior Vice President   
Keyes-Grevelis, Stephen N.    Senior Vice President   
Larson, Ann-Marie    Senior Vice President   
Liles, David A.    Senior Vice President   
McDonald, John E.    Senior Vice President   
McGranahan, Colin A.    Senior Vice President   
Steven Miller    Senior Vice President   
Moerdler, Mark L.    Senior Vice President   
Morgan, Scott T.    Senior Vice President   
Pastel, Jonathan    Senior Vice President   
Ponomarev, Paul C.    Senior Vice President   
Rasgon, Stacy A.    Senior Vice President   
Rawat, Harshita    Senior Vice President   
Sacconaghi, Antonio    Senior Vice President   
Salisbury, Jean P.    Senior Vice President   
Sofocleous, Dominic M.    Senior Vice President   
Sweeney, Nicholas    Senior Vice President   
Tedesco, Michael I.    Senior Vice President   
Vernon, David S.    Senior Vice President   
Wheeler, Jason S.    Senior Vice President   
Wilkes, Lance    Senior Vice President   
Wood, Diana    Senior Vice President   
Sprules, Karl K.    Senior Vice President and Co-Head of Operations and Technology
Liptrot, James    Senior Vice President, Assistant Controller   
Abid, Maeshal    Vice President   
Acquista, Diane M.    Vice President   
Balan, Nibu    Vice President   
Bales, Kendrick K.    Vice President   
Brancati, Michael J.    Vice President   
Braun, Andrew    Vice President   
Brunetti, Keith    Vice President   
Burke, Annie    Vice President   
Burstein, Eve    Vice President   
Castellini, Timothy    Vice President   
Cheng, Ping    Vice President   
Chu, Yao Jie    Vice President   
Coad, Mattew    Vice President   
Davitt, Patrick    Vice President   
De Krei, Cheryl R.    Vice President   
Devani, Nickil V.    Vice President   
Dillard, Charles    Vice President   
Ding, Alince    Vice President   
Doerr, Kenneth    Vice President   
Doran, Justin    Vice President   
Duffy, Sean P.    Vice President   
Farahani, Amir    Vice President   
Farr, Rachel    Vice President   

 

- 4 -


Fellinger, Richard A.    Vice President   
Fochtman, Stephen    Vice President   
Frenkel, Yan    Vice President   
Garguilo, Danilo    Vice President   
Garnett, Sofia J.    Vice President   
Geng, Yanan    Vice President   
Gill, Peter    Vice President   
Goldthwait, Daniel    Vice President   
Grady, Kevin    Vice President   
Guthrie, Brian    Vice President   
Haddad, Kenneth C.    Vice President   
Hambright, Lee M.    Vice President   
Hargroves, Ashleigh E.    Vice President   
Hecht, Robert D.    Vice President   
Hodorov, Vladislav    Vice President   
Holman, Ivan    Vice President   
Jacquet, Paul L.G.    Vice President   
Jindal, Rahul    Vice President   
Joshi, Sujeet    Vice President   
Karl, John    Vice President   
Larkin, Allison    Vice President   
Leibowitz, Sean    Vice President   
Lewin, Lori    Vice President   
Li, Nan    Vice President   
Luecke, Brendan    Vice President   
Ma, Zhihan    Vice President   
Malachowicz, Andrzej    Vice President   
Manahand, John    Vice President   
McFarland, Sean P.    Vice President   
McNeill, James    Vice President   
Meloni, Renato    Vice President   
Merrick, Joseph    Vice President   
Murray, Keith E.    Vice President   
O’Neill Brian    Vice President   
Ocena, Doni    Vice President   
Orenstein, Adam M.    Vice President   
Panwar, Jay    Vice President   
Patafio, David J.    Vice President   
Pickering, William    Vice President   
Pusulari, Nandita    Vice President   
Greg, Regan    Vice President   
Riegler, Laura    Vice President   
Rodenblum, Dean    Vice President   
Rubenstein, Jeffrey P.    Vice President   
Saba, Andrew    Vice President   
Scarrone, Claire    Vice President   
Schilsky, Mark    Vice President   
Serai, Regina    Vice President   
Sherman, Aneesha    Vice President   
Shmulik, Mark E.    Vice President   
Simon, Jonathan    Vice President   
Slater, Caius    Vice President   
Smith, Susan    Vice President   
Smith, David    Vice President   
Steckenborn, Bjoern    Vice President   
Steffek, Amy M.    Vice President   
Su, Yongjun    Vice President   
Suchoski, Kenneth    Vice President   
Susi, Mark    Vice President   
Tam, Jeffrey L.H.    Vice President   

 

- 5 -


Thurer, Stephen M.

  

Vice President

  

Tunis, Ryan

  

Vice President

  

Turner, Tarik

  

Vice President

  

Ulloa, Meredeth

  

Vice President

  

Uy, Sharyn

  

Vice President

  

Valliji, Firoz

  

Vice President

  

Vaurynovich, Siarhei

  

Vice President

  

Weed, Peter

  

Vice President

  

Weintraub, Melanie

  

Vice President

  

Weissman, Alex

  

Vice President

  

Welch, David John

  

Vice President

  

Wildhack, Robert

  

Vice President

  

Wilson, Mark

  

Vice President

  

Winfrey, Wells M.

  

Vice President

  

Yoon, Laurent

  

Vice President

  

Zhu, Xiaoliang

  

Vice President

  

Zhu, Kelsey

  

Vice President

  

Jillian Booth

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Zachary Byer

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Jocelyn Caster

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Coulard, Alexander

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Dave, Sagar

  

Assistant Vice President

  

DeFranco, Dana

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Fischler, Samantha

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Gudepu, Keerthi

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Jiang, Wen

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Knutson, Brandon

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Kumawat, Akhilesh

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Laufer, Jennifer

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Levitt, Alexander

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Loiodice, Joseph

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Lupatkin, Sophie

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Mani, Shradha

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Marques, Miguel

  

Assistant Vice President

  

McCormick, Michael

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Moore, Ian

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Murdia, Ayush

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Nguyen-Hille, Khai-Leif

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Pandey, Deeksha

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Rausch, Erin

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Sakys, Katherine

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Segura, Aurora

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Sindhu, Ilona A.

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Vadlamannati, Ranjit

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Von Nemes, Arpad

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Amy Xiong

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Zhu, Daniel Ye

  

Assistant Vice President

  

The following are the Directors and/or Officers of AllianceBernstein Investments, Inc., the principal place of business of which is 501 Commerce Street, Nashville, TN 37203.

 

NAME

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH
REGISTRANT

Directors      
Onur Erzan    Director and Head of Global Client Group and Head of Private Wealth    President and Chief Executive Officer
Gary Krueger    Director, and Chief Financial Officer   
David M. Lesser    Director    Assistant Secretary
Mark R. Manley    Director, and Secretary   

 

- 6 -


NAME

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH
REGISTRANT

Officers      
Emilie D. Wrapp    Senior Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary   
Laurence H. Bertan    Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary   
Richard A. Brink    Senior Vice President   
Peter G. Callahan    Senior Vice President   
Michael A. Capella    Senior Vice President   
Nelson Kin Hung Chow    Senior Vice President   
Flora Chi Ju Chuang    Senior Vice President   
Russell R. Corby    Senior Vice President   
John W. Cronin    Senior Vice President   
Silvio Cruz    Senior Vice President   
John C. Endahl    Senior Vice President   
John Edward English    Senior Vice President   
Robert K. Forrester    Senior Vice President   
Mark A. Gessner    Senior Vice President   
Kenneth L. Haman    Senior Vice President   
Brian P. Hanna    Senior Vice President   
Michael S. Hart    Senior Vice President   
Alexander Hoffmann    Senior Vice President   
Chang Hyun Lee    Senior Vice President   
Ajai M. Kaul    Senior Vice President   
Scott M. Krauthamer    Senior Vice President   
Tomas Kukla    Senior Vice President   
Karen (Yeow Ping) Lim    Senior Vice President   
James M. Liptrot    Senior Vice President and Assistant Controller   
William Marsalise    Senior Vice President   
Brendan Murray    Senior Vice President   
Masaru Nakabachi    Senior Vice President   
John J. O’Connor    Senior Vice President   
David D. Paich    Senior Vice President   
John D. Prosperi    Senior Vice President   
Miguel A. Rozensztroch    Senior Vice President   
Craig T. Schorr    Senior Vice President   
Elizabeth M. Smith Malik    Senior Vice President   
Stephen M. Woetzel    Senior Vice President    Assistant Controller
Derek Yung    Senior Vice President   
Robert J. Amberger    Vice President   
Armand H. Amritt    Vice President   
Eric Anderson    Vice President   
Constantin L. Andreae    Vice President   
DeAnna D. Beedy    Vice President   
Brandon W. Born    Vice President   
James J. Bracken    Vice President   
Robert A. Brazofsky    Vice President   
Friederike Grote Brink    Vice President   
Christopher J. Carrelha    Vice President   
Josh Tso Hsiang Chang    Vice President   
Mikhail Cheskis    Vice President   
Daisy (Sze Kie) Chung    Vice President   
Kevin M. Dausch    Vice President   
Frank de Wit    Vice President   
Marc J. Della Pia    Vice President   
Patrick R. Denis    Vice President   
Jonathon A. Diegel    Vice President   
Ralph A. DiMeglio    Vice President   
Joseph T. Dominguez    Vice President   

 

- 7 -


NAME

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH
REGISTRANT

Barbara Anne Donovan

  

Vice President

  

Gregory M. Erwinski

  

Vice President

  

Nataliya Fomenko

  

Vice President

  

Carey Fortnam

  

Vice President

  

Yuko (Kadoda) Funato

  

Vice President

  

Kenneth Handler

  

Vice President

  

Terry L. Harris

  

Vice President

  

Sarah Entzeroth Hartzke

  

Vice President

  

Nancy E. Hay

  

Vice President and Counsel

  

Secretary

Philippe Hemery

  

Vice President

  

Olivier Herson

  

Vice President

  

Eric S. Indovina

  

Vice President

  

Anthony E. Kafouros

  

Vice President

  

Tina Kao

  

Vice President

  

Jeffrey Kelly

  

Vice President

  

Gunnar Knierim

  

Vice President

  

Anthony D. Knight

  

Vice President

  

Stephen J. Laffey

  

Vice President and Counsel

  

Assistant Secretary

Ginnie Li-Chin Li

  

Vice President

  

Albert Yen Po Lien

  

Vice President

  

Darren L. Luckfield

  

Vice President

  

Matthew J. Malvey

  

Vice President

  

Robert Mancini

  

Vice President

  

Todd Mann

  

Vice President

  

Osama (Sam) Mari

  

Vice President

  

Daniel P. Melehan

  

Vice President

  

Nicola Meotti

  

Vice President

  

Yuji Mihashi

  

Vice President

  

David Mitchell

  

Vice President

  

Benjamin Moore

  

Vice President

  

Robert D. Nelms

  

Vice President

  

Jamie A. Nieradka

  

Vice President

  

Daryl N. Northrop

  

Vice President

  

Markus Novak

  

Vice President

  

Bryan R. Pacana

  

Vice President

  

Kim Chu Perrington

  

Vice President

  

Joseph J. Proscia

  

Vice President

  

Damien Ramondo

  

Vice President

  

Carol H. Rappa

  

Vice President

  

Jessie A. Reich

  

Vice President

  

Claudio Rondolini

  

Vice President

  

David Saslowsky

  

Vice President

  

Richard A. Schwam

  

Vice President

  

John F. Skahan

  

Vice President

  

Chang Min Song

  

Vice President

  

Daniel L. Stack

  

Vice President

  

Jason P. Stevens

  

Vice President

  

Scott M. Tatum

  

Vice President

  

Wendy Weng

  

Vice President

  

Isabella (Hsin-I) Yen

  

Vice President

  

Oscar Zarazua

  

Vice President

  

Martin J. Zayac

  

Vice President

  

Isabelle Husson

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Charissa A. Pal

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Brian W. Paulson

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Michiyo Tanaka

  

Assistant Vice President

  

Laurence Vandecasteele

  

Assistant Vice President

  

William Wielgolewski

  

Assistant Vice President

  

 

- 8 -


(c)

Not applicable.

 

Item 33.

Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Rules 31a-1 through 31a-3 pursuant to the 1940 Act are maintained at the offices of AllianceBernstein L.P., One North Lexington Avenue, White Plains, NY 10601 and 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105, except that some records pursuant to Rule 31a-1(b) are maintained at the offices of State Street Bank and Trust Company, State Street Corporation CCB/5, One Iron Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 or AllianceBernstein Investor Services, Inc., P.O. Box 786003 San Antonio, TX 78278-6003, the Fund’s Transfer Agents.

 

Item 34.

Management Services-Not applicable.

 

Item 35.

Undertakings-Not applicable.

 

 

- 9 -


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements for the effectiveness of this Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 27th day of January, 2023.

 

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN FUND II, INC.
By:  

/s/ Onur Erzan

  Onur Erzan
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons, in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

*

Onur Erzan

   Director   

*

Michael J. Downey

   Director   

*

Nancy P. Jacklin

   Director   

*

Carol C. McMullen

   Director   

*

Jeanette W. Loeb

   Director   

*

Garry L. Moody

   Director   

*

Marshall C. Turner, Jr.

   Director   

*

Jorge A. Bermudez

   Director   

/s/ Joseph J. Mantineo

Joseph J. Mantineo

   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer          January 27, 2023

 

*

This Registration Statement has been signed by each of the persons so indicated by the undersigned as Attorney-in-Fact.

 

By:  

/s/ Nancy E. Hay

        January 27, 2023
  Nancy E. Hay, Attorney-in-Fact        

 

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(j)(1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(j)(2)   Consent of Counsel
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear on the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

- 11 -


ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

CONSENT OF COUNSEL

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE

IDEA: R1.htm

IDEA: R2.htm

IDEA: d374721d485bpos_htm.xml

IDEA: FilingSummary.xml

IDEA: MetaLinks.json